xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision fe75646a0234a261c0013bf1840fdac4acaf0cec)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2
3
4This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
5of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
6summary of the changes in that release.
7
88.17.1/8.17.1	2021/08/17
9	Deprecation notice: due to compatibility problems with some
10		third party code, we plan to finally switch from K&R
11		to ANSI C. If you are using sendmail on a system
12		which does not have a compiler for ANSI C contact us
13		with details as soon as possible so we can determine
14		how to proceed.
15	Experimental support for SMTPUTF8 (EAI, see RFC 6530-6533)
16		is available when using the compile time option USE_EAI
17		(see also devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample for other
18		required settings) and the cf option SMTPUTF8.
19		If a mail submission via the command line requires
20		the use of SMTPUTF8, e.g., because a header uses UTF-8
21		encoding, but the addresses on the command line are all
22		ASCII, then the new option -U must be used, and
23		the cf option SMTPUTF8 must be set in submit.cf.
24		Please test and provide feedback.
25	Experimental support for SMTP MTA Strict Transport Security
26		(MTA-STS, see RFC 8461) is available when using
27		- the compile time option _FFR_MTA_STS (which requires
28		  STARTTLS, MAP_REGEX, SOCKETMAP, and _FFR_TLS_ALTNAMES),
29		- FEATURE(sts), which implicitly sets the cf option
30		  StrictTransportSecurity,
31		- postfix-mta-sts-resolver, see
32		https://github.com/Snawoot/postfix-mta-sts-resolver.git
33	New ruleset check_other which is called for all unknown SMTP
34		commands in the server and for commands which do not
35		have specific rulesets, e.g., NOOP and VERB.
36	New ruleset clt_features which can be used to select features
37		in the SMTP client per server.  Currently only two
38		flags are available: D/M to disable DANE/MTA-STS,
39		respectively.
40	Avoid leaking session macros for an envelope between
41		delivery attempts to different servers.  This problem
42		could have affected check_compat.
43	Avoid leaking actual SMTP replies between delivery attempts
44		to different servers which could cause bogus logging
45		of reply= entries.
46	Change default SMTP reply code for STARTTLS related problems
47		from 403 to 454 to better match the RFCs.
48	Fix a theoretical buffer overflow when encountering an
49		unknown/unsupported socket address family on an
50		operating system where sa_data is larger than 30
51		(the standard is 14).  Based on patch by Toomas Soome.
52	Several potential memory leaks and other similar problems
53		(mostly in error handling code) have been fixed.
54		Problems reported by Tomas Korbar of RedHat.
55	Previously the commands GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER terminate
56		a connection immediately only if sent as first command.
57		Now this is also done if any of these is sent directly
58		after STARTTLS or if the 'h' option is set via
59		srv_features.
60	CDB map locking has been changed so a sendmail process which
61		does have a CDB map open does not block an in-place
62		update of the map by makemap.  The simple workaround
63		for that problem in earlier versions is to create
64		the map under a different name and then move it
65		into place.
66	On some systems the rejection of a RCPT by a milter could
67		silently fail.
68	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`check_other') to provide a default
69		check_other ruleset.
70	CONFIG: FEATURE(`tls_failures') is deprecated and will be
71		removed in future versions because it has a fundamental
72		problem: it is message oriented but STARTTLS is
73		session oriented.  For example, having multiple
74		RCPTs in one envelope for different destinations,
75		with different temporary errors, does not work
76		properly, as the persistent macro applies to all
77		RCPTs and hence implicitly to all destinations (servers).
78		The option TLSFallbacktoClear should be used if needed.
79	MAIL.LOCAL: Enhance some error messages to simplify
80		troubleshooting.
81	Portability:
82		Add support for Darwin 19 & 20.
83		NOTE: File locking using fcntl() does not interoperate
84		  with Berkeley DB 5.x (and probably later).  Use
85		  CDB, flock() (-DHASFLOCK), or an earlier Berkeley
86		  DB version.  Problem noted by Harald Hannelius.
87	New Files:
88		cf/feature/check_other.m4
89		cf/feature/sts.m4
90		devtools/OS/Darwin.19.x
91		devtools/OS/Darwin.20.x
92		include/sm/ixlen.h
93		libsm/ilenx.c
94		libsm/lowercase.c
95		libsm/strcaseeq.c
96		libsm/t-ixlen.c
97		libsm/t-ixlen.sh
98		libsm/t-streq.c
99		libsm/t-streq.sh
100		libsm/utf8_valid.c
101		libsm/uxtext_unquote.c
102		libsm/xleni.c
103		libsmutil/t-lockfile.c
104		libsmutil/t-lockfile-0.sh
105		libsmutil/t-maplock-0.sh
106
1078.16.2/8.16.2	202X/XX/XX
108	New compile time option NO_EOH_FIELDS to disable the special
109		meaning of the headers Message: and Text: to denote the
110		end of the message header.
111	CONTRIB: AuthRealm.p0 has been modified for 8.16.1 by Anne Bennett.
112	CONTRIB: Added cidrexpand -O option for suppressing duplicates from
113		a CIDR expansion that overlaps a later entry and -S option
114		for skipping comments exactly like makemap does.
115	Portability:
116		Add support for Darwin 19 (Mac OS X 10.15).
117		Use proper FreeBSD version define to allow for cross
118			compiling.  Fix from Brooks Davis of the FreeBSD
119			project.
120	New Files:
121		devtools/OS/Darwin.19.x
122
1238.16.1/8.16.1	2020/07/05
124	SECURITY: If sendmail tried to reuse an SMTP session which had
125		already been closed by the server, then the connection
126		cache could have invalid information about the session.
127		One possible consequence was that STARTTLS was not
128		used even if offered.  This problem has been fixed
129		by clearing out all relevant status information
130		when a closed session is encountered.
131	OpenSSL versions before 0.9.8 are no longer supported.
132	OpenSSL version 1.1.0 and 1.1.1 are supported.
133	Initial support for DANE (see RFC 7672 et.al.) is available if
134		the compile time option DANE is set.  Only TLSA RR 3-1-x
135		is currently implemented.
136	New options SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath to support OpenSSL engines.
137		Note: this feature has so far only been tested with the
138		"chil" engine; please report problems with other engines
139		if you encounter any.
140	New option CRLPath to specify a directory which contains
141		hashes pointing to certificate revocations files.
142		Based on patch from Al Smith.
143	New rulesets tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features which
144		can return a (semicolon separated) list of TLS related
145		options, e.g., CipherList, CertFile, KeyFile,
146		see doc/op/op.me for details.
147	To automatically handle TLS interoperability problems for outgoing
148		mail, sendmail can now immediately try a connection again
149		without STARTTLS after a TLS handshake failure.
150		This can be configured globally via the option
151		TLSFallbacktoClear or per session via the 'C' flag
152		of tls_clt_features.
153		This also adds the new value "CLEAR" for the macro
154		{verify}: STARTTLS has been disabled internally for
155		a clear text delivery attempt.
156	Apply Timeout.starttls also to the server waiting for the TLS
157		handshake to begin.  Based on patch from Simon Hradecky.
158	New compile time option TLS_EC to enable the use of elliptic
159		curve cryptography in STARTTLS (previously available as
160		_FFR_TLS_EC).
161	Handle MIME boundaries specified in headers which contain CRLF.
162	Fix detection of loopback net (it was broken when compiled
163		with NETINET6) and only set the macros {if_addr_out}
164		and {if_family_out} if the interface of the outgoing
165		connection does not belong to the loopback net.
166	Fix logic to enable a milter to delete a recipient in
167		DeliveryMode=interactive even if it might be subject
168		to alias expansion.
169	Log name of a milter making changes (this was missing for
170		some functions).
171	Log the actual reply of a server when an SMTP delivery problem
172		occurs in a "reply=" field if possible.
173	Log user= for failed AUTH attempts if possible.  Based on
174		patch from Packet Hack, Jim Hranicky, Kevin A. McGrail,
175		and Joe Quinn.
176	Add CDB as map type. Note: CDB is a "Constant DataBase", i.e.,
177		no changes can be made after it is created, hence it
178		does not work with vacation(1) nor editmap(8) (except
179		for query mode).
180	Fix some memory leaks (mostly in error cases) and properly handle
181		copied varargs in sm_io_vfprintf(). The issues were found
182		using Coverity Scan and reported (including patches) by
183		Ondřej Lysoněk of Red Hat.
184	Do not override ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions when they
185		are specified on the command line.  Based on patch from
186		Hiroki Sato.
187	Add RFC7505 Null MX support for domains that declare they do not
188		accept mail.
189	New compile time option LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT which is set
190		automatically when LDAPMAP is used and
191		LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT is available to enable the
192		new -c option for LDAP maps to specify the network timeout.
193	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`tls_session_features') to enable standard
194		rules for tls_srv_features and tls_clt_features; for
195		details see cf/README.
196	CONFIG: New options confSSL_ENGINE and confSSL_ENGINE_PATH
197		for SSLEngine and SSLEnginePath, respectively.
198	CONFIG: New options confDANE to enable DANE support.
199	CONFIG: New option confTLS_FALLBACK_TO_CLEAR for TLSFallbacktoClear.
200	CONFIG: New extension CITag: for TLS restrictions, see cf/README
201		for details.
202	CONFIG: FEATURE(`blacklist_recipients') renamed to
203		FEATURE(`blocklist_recipients').
204	CONTRIB: cidrexpand updated to support IPv6 CIDR ranges and to
205		canonicalize IPv6 addresses; if cidrexpand is used with IPv6
206		addresses then UseCompressedIPv6Addresses must be disabled.
207	DOC: The dns map can return multiple values in a single result
208		if the -z option is used.
209	DOC: Note to set MustQuoteChars=. due to DKIM signatures.
210	LIBMILTER: Fix typo in a macro. Patch from Ignacio Goyret
211		of Alcatel-Lucent.
212	LIBMILTER: Fix reference in xxfi_negotiate documentation.
213		Patch from Sven Neuhaus.
214	LIBMILTER: Fix function name in smfi_addrcpt_par documentation.
215		Patch from G.W. Haywood.
216	LIBMILTER: Fix a potential memory leak in smfi_setsymlist().
217		Patch from Martin Svec.
218	MAKEMAP: New map type "implicit" refers to the first available type,
219		i.e., it depends on the compile time options NEWDB, DBM,
220		and CDB. This can be used in conjunction with the
221		"implicit" map type in sendmail.cf.
222		Note: makemap, libsmdb, and sendmail must be compiled
223		with the same options (and library versions of course).
224	Portability:
225		Add support for Darwin 14-18 (Mac OS X 10.x).
226		New option HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME2: set if your system
227		supports gethostbyname2(2).
228		Set SM_CONF_SEM=2 for FreeBSD 12 and later due to
229		changes in sys/sem.h
230		On Linux set MAXHOSTNAMELEN (the maximum length
231		of a FQHN) to 256 if it is less than that value.
232	New Files:
233		cf/feature/blocklist_recipients.m4
234		cf/feature/check_cert_altnames.m4
235		cf/feature/tls_failures.m4
236		devtools/OS/Darwin.14.x
237		devtools/OS/Darwin.15.x
238		devtools/OS/Darwin.16.x
239		devtools/OS/Darwin.17.x
240		devtools/OS/Darwin.18.x
241		include/sm/notify.h
242		libsm/notify.c
243		libsm/t-notify.c
244		libsmdb/smcdb.c
245		sendmail/ratectrl.h
246		sendmail/tls.h
247		sendmail/tlsh.c
248
2498.15.2/8.15.2	2015/07/03
250	If FEATURE(`nopercenthack') is used then some bogus input triggered
251		a recursion which was caught and logged as
252		SYSERR: rewrite: excessive recursion (max 50) ...
253		Fix based on patch from Ondrej Holas.
254	DHParameters now by default uses an included 2048 bit prime.
255		The value 'none' previously caused a log entry claiming
256		there was an error "cannot read or set DH parameters".
257		Also note that this option applies to the server side only.
258	The U= mailer field didn't accept group names containing hyphens,
259		underbars, or periods.  Based on patch from David Gwynne
260		of the University of Queensland.
261	CONFIG: Allow connections from IPv6:0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to relay again.
262		Patch from Lars-Johan Liman of Netnod Internet Exchange.
263	CONFIG: New option UseCompressedIPv6Addresses to select between
264		compressed and uncompressed IPv6 addresses.  The default
265		value depends on the compile-time option IPV6_FULL:
266		For 1 the default is False, for 0 it is True, thus
267		preserving the current behaviour.  Based on patch from
268		John Beck of Oracle.
269	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in
270		FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov
271		from FreeBSD and Robert Scheck from the Fedora Project.
272	CONFIG: Account for IPv6 localhost addresses in check_mail ruleset.
273	LIBMILTER: Deal with more invalid protocol data to avoid potential
274		crashes.  Problem noted by Dimitri Kirchner.
275	LIBMILTER: Allow a milter to specify an empty macro list ("", not
276		NULL) in smfi_setsymlist() so no macro is sent for the
277		selected stage.
278	MAKEMAP: A change to check TrustedUser in fewer cases which was
279		made in 2013 caused a potential regression when makemap
280		was run as root (which should not be done anyway).
281	Note: sendmail often contains options "For Future Releases"
282		(prefix _FFR_) which might be enabled in a subsequent
283		version or might simply be removed as they turned out not
284		to be really useful.  These features are usually not
285		documented but if they are, then the required (FFR)
286		options are listed in
287		- doc/op/op.* for rulesets and macros,
288		- cf/README for mc/cf options.
289
2908.15.1/8.15.1	2014/12/06
291	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
292		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
293	If header rewriting fails due to a temporary map lookup failure,
294		queue the mail for later retry instead of sending it
295		without rewriting the header.  Note: this is done
296		while the mail is being sent and hence the transaction
297		is aborted, which only works for SMTP/LMTP mailers
298		hence the handling of temporary map failures is
299		suppressed for other mailers. SMTP/LMTP servers may
300		complain about aborted transactions when this problem
301		occurs.
302		See also "DNS Lookups" in sendmail/TUNING.
303	Incompatible Change: Use uncompressed IPv6 addresses by default,
304		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example,
305		instead of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This
306		permits a zero subnet to have a more specific match,
307		such as different map entries for IPv6:0:0 vs IPv6:0.
308		This change requires that configuration data
309		(including maps, files, classes, custom ruleset,
310		etc) must use the same format, so make certain such
311		configuration data is updated before using 8.15.
312		As a very simple check search for patterns like
313		'IPv6:[0-9a-fA-F:]*::' and 'IPv6::'. If necessary,
314		the prior format can be retained by compiling with:
315		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-DIPV6_FULL=0')
316		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
317	If debugging is turned on (-d0.14) also print the OpenSSL
318		versions, both build time and run time
319		(provided STARTTLS is compiled in).
320	If a connection to the MTA is dropped by the client before its
321		hostname can be validated, treat it as "may be forged",
322		so that the unvalidated hostname is not passed to a
323		milter in xxfi_connect().
324	Add a timeout for communication with socket map servers
325		which can be specified using the -d option.
326	Add a compile time option HESIOD_ALLOW_NUMERIC_LOGIN to allow
327		numeric logins even if HESIOD is enabled.
328	The new option CertFingerprintAlgorithm specifies the finger-
329		print algorithm (digest) to use for the presented cert.
330		If the option is not set, md5 is used and the macro
331		{cert_md5} contains the cert fingerprint.
332		However, if the option is set, the specified algorithm
333		(e.g., sha1) is used and the macro {cert_fp} contains
334		the cert fingerprint.
335		That is, as long as the option is not set, the behaviour
336		does not change, but otherwise, {cert_md5} is superseded
337		by {cert_fp} even if you set CertFingerprintAlgorithm
338		to md5.
339	The options ServerSSLOptions and ClientSSLOptions can be used
340		to set SSL options for the server and client side
341		respectively. See SSL_CTX_set_options(3) for a list.
342		Note: this change turns on SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 and
343		SSL_OP_NO_TICKET for the client. See doc/op/op.me
344		for details.
345	The option CipherList sets the list of ciphers for STARTTLS.
346		See ciphers(1) for possible values.
347	Do not log "STARTTLS: internal error: tls_verify_cb: ssl == NULL"
348		if a CRLFile is in use (and LogLevel is 14 or higher.)
349	Store a more specific TLS protocol version in ${tls_version}
350		instead of a generic one, e.g., TLSv1 instead of
351		TLSv1/SSLv3.
352	Properly set {client_port} value on little endian machines.
353		Patch from Kelsey Cummings of Sonic.net.
354	Per RFC 3848, indicate in the Received: header whether SSL or
355		SMTP AUTH was negotiated by setting the protocol clause
356		to ESMTPS, ESMTPA, or ESMTPSA instead of ESMTP.
357	If the 'C' flag is listed as TLSSrvOptions the requirement for the
358		TLS server to have a cert is removed.  This only works
359		under very specific circumstances and should only be used
360		if the consequences are understood, e.g., clients
361		may not work with a server using this.
362	The options ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, ServerCertFile, and
363		ServerKeyFile can take a second file name, which must be
364		separated from the first with a comma (note: do not use
365		any spaces) to set up a second cert/key pair. This can
366		be used to have certs of different types, e.g., RSA
367		and DSA.
368	A new map type "arpa" is available to reverse an IP (IPv4 or IPv6)
369		address. It returns the string for the PTR lookup, but
370		without trailing {ip6,in-addr}.arpa.
371	New operation mode 'C' just checks the configuration file, e.g.,
372		sendmail -C new.cf -bC
373		will perform a basic syntax/consistency check of new.cf.
374	The mailer flag 'I' is deprecated and will be removed in a
375		future version.
376	Allow local (not just TCP) socket connections to the server, e.g.,
377		O DaemonPortOptions=Family=local, Addr=/var/mta/server.sock
378		can be used.
379	If the new option MaxQueueAge is set to a value greater than zero,
380		entries in the queue will be retried during a queue run
381		only if the individual retry time has been reached which
382		is doubled for each attempt.  The maximum retry time is
383		limited by the specified value.
384	New DontBlameSendmail option GroupReadableDefaultAuthInfoFile
385		to relax requirement for DefaultAuthInfo file.
386	Reset timeout after receiving a message to appropriate value if
387		STARTTLS is in use.  Based on patch by Kelsey Cummings
388		of Sonic.net.
389	Report correct error messages from the LDAP library for a range of
390		small negative return values covering those used by OpenLDAP.
391	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 5.0 and 6.0.  Patch from
392		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
393	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nopercenthack') takes one parameter: reject or
394		nospecial which describes whether to disallow "%" in the
395		local part of an address.
396	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
397		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
398		Bryan Costales.
399	LIBMILTER: Mark communication socket as close-on-exec in case
400		a user's filter starts other applications.
401		Based on patch from Paul Howarth.
402	Portability:
403		SunOS 5.12 has changed the API for sigwait(2) to conform
404		with XPG7.  Based on patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
405	Deleted Files:
406		libsm/path.c
407
4088.14.9/8.14.9	2014/05/21
409	SECURITY: Properly set the close-on-exec flag for file descriptors
410		(except stdin, stdout, and stderr) before executing mailers.
411	Fix a misformed comment in conf.c: "/*" within comment
412		which may cause a compilation error on some systems.
413		Problem reported by John Beck of Oracle.
414	DEVTOOLS: Fix regression in auto-detection of libraries when only
415		shared libraries are available.  Problem reported by
416		Bryan Costales.
417
4188.14.8/8.14.8	2014/01/26
419	Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
420		OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
421		work properly, causing for example failures for certs
422		that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
423	When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
424		for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
425		On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
426		this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
427		Problem noted by Kees Cook.
428	A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
429		that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
430		same as what sendmail would generate.
431	Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
432		i.e., they will not contain "::".  For example, instead
433		of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1.  This means that
434		configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
435		custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
436		This will be turned on in 8.15.  It can be enabled in 8.14
437		by compiling with:
438		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
439		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
440	Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
441		dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
442		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
443		Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
444	If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
445		setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
446		Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
447	Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
448		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
449	Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
450	CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
451		in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo').  Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
452	LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
453		Patch from Bill Parker.
454	LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
455		fail.  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
456	Portability:
457		Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
458		On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
459		for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
460		least 2.1.
461	New Files:
462		devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
463		devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
464
4658.14.7/8.14.7	2013/04/21
466	Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
467		from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
468		and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
469		connection.  Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
470	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
471		macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
472		Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
473		(Jaroslav Skarvada).
474	Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
475		was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
476		to the "addr-type" field.  Problem noted by Dan Lukes
477		of Obludarium.
478	Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
479		so that message bodies containing them will be sent
480		on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
481		that are not converted as those functions are used
482		for other purposes too.  Problem noted by Elchonon
483		Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
484	Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
485		resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
486		(4xy) via ruleset 0.  Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
487		of IIJ.
488	CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
489		of Oracle.
490	Portability:
491		Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
492		definitions.
493
4948.14.6/8.14.6	2012/12/23
495	Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
496		two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
497		STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
498		the client side would fail.  Problem noted by Lena.
499	Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
500		as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
501		to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
502		can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
503		headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
504		as a DKIM signing milter.
505	If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
506		runners could not be started anymore because an
507		internal counter was subject to a race condition.
508	If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
509		with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
510		In some situations, the resulting error might have been
511		ignored.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
512		Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
513		should not be done without considering the potential
514		problems.
515	smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
516		the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
517		list for all milters.  Problem reported by
518		David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
519	If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
520		then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
521		gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
522		Patch from Peter.
523	If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
524		error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
525		triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
526		memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
527		systems).  Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
528	Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
529		log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
530	Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
531		Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
532	Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
533		is done for IPv6).  Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
534	Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
535		that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
536		the reason for the failure in a single log line.  Suggested
537		by James Carey of Boeing.
538	Portability:
539		Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
540		Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
541		John Beck of Oracle.
542	New Files:
543		devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
544		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
545
5468.14.5/8.14.5	2011/05/17
547	Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
548		is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
549		for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
550		same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
551		Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
552	Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
553		map lookup returns a size larger than 1K.  Based on a
554		patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
555	If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
556		the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
557		functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
558		versions the mail might have been queued up already
559		and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
560		will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
561		delivery.
562	Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
563	Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
564		use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
565	Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
566		no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
567		to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
568		Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
569	Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
570		lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
571		"AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
572		the memory of the client.  Bug report by Nils of MWR
573		InfoSecurity.
574	Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
575		connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
576		Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
577	If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
578		it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
579		unparseable) address is specified.
580	If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
581		stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
582		it.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
583	CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
584		-T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
585		that did not use LDAP.  This change has been undone
586		until a better solution can be implemented.  Problem
587		found by Andy Fiddaman.
588	CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
589		Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
590	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
591		letter between the question marks.  Patch from
592		Stefan Christensen.
593	DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
594		Patch from Mitchell Berger.
595	Portability:
596		Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
597		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later.  Patch
598		from John Marshall.
599		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
600		Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
601		Solaris 11.  Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
602		Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
603		OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0.  Based on patch from
604		Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
605		Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
606		for Solaris 11.  Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
607	New Files:
608		cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
609
6108.14.4/8.14.4	2009/12/30
611	SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
612		in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
613		in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro.  Patch inspired
614		by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
615	During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
616		could occur which might result in bogus characters
617		being used.  Based on patch from John Vannoy of
618		Pepperdine University.
619	The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
620		was not processed correctly.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
621	Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
622		path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
623		MAXSHORTSTR (203).  Patch from John Gardiner Myers
624		of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
625		Hubert of University of Washington.
626	Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
627		valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
628		to be happening on some Linux versions).
629	The process title was missing the current load average when
630		the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
631		Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
632	Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
633		only some of them are processed.
634	Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
635		from a milter.  Problem found by Scott Rotondo
636		of Sun Microsystems.
637	If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
638		would not be initialized for use in the client either.
639		Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
640	If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
641		handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
642		because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
643		Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
644		the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
645		machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
646		to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me).  Patch from
647		Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
648	Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
649		endian machines for loopback address.  Patch from
650		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
651	Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
652		Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
653	If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
654		of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
655		with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
656	Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
657		missing disk space in the mail queue.  Based on patch
658		from Martin Poole of RedHat.
659	CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
660		cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
661	CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
662		referred to a wrong macro.  Patch from John Gardiner
663		Myers of Proofpoint.
664	CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
665		did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
666		Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
667	CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
668		strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
669		problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
670		were used.  Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
671		University of Helsinki.
672	LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
673		is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
674		it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
675		libraries).
676	LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
677		was used.  Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
678	LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
679		which add, insert, or replace headers.  From Benjamin
680		Pineau.
681	LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
682		correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used.  Based on patch from
683		John Nemeth.
684	LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
685		carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
686		OpenLDAP proxy servers.
687	VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
688		Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
689	Portability:
690		Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
691		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
692		Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
693		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
694
6958.14.3/8.14.3	2008/05/03
696	During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
697		lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
698		for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
699		character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
700		failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
701	8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
702		freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
703		Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
704		bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
705		Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
706	Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status.  Patch
707		from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
708	Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx').  Problem
709		noted by Beth Halsema.
710	The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
711		was activated. This may cause problems if that value
712		is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
713	CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
714		to operate incorrectly.  Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
715	LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
716		callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
717		libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
718		whether libmilter contains this fix.
719	MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
720		dumping a map.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
721	Portability:
722		Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
723		Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9.  Patch from
724		Chris Behrens of Concentric.
725		Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
726	DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
727	New Files:
728		devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
729		devtools/OS/OSR.i386
730
7318.14.2/8.14.2	2007/11/01
732	If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
733		a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
734		"mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
735		run and trigger various consistency checks.  Problem
736		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
737	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
738		it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
739		is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
740		case every MAXLINE-1 characters.  Patch from John Gardiner
741		Myers of Proofpoint.
742	Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
743		work in earlier 8.14 versions.
744	Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
745		background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
746		Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
747		recipients.
748	ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
749		documented), not when it was reached.  Patch from
750		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
751	Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
752		specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
753	When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
754		(-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
755		the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
756	If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
757		exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
758		the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
759		created a delivery status notification (DSN).  Patch
760		from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
761	A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
762		the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
763		Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
764	sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
765		compiled in but not offered by the server and the
766		delivery failed temporarily.  Patch from Werner Wiethege.
767	If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
768		map so it will be reopened on the next lookup.  This
769		should help "failover" configurations that specify more
770		than one LDAP server.
771	If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
772		be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
773		a system which does not have the compile time flag
774		HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
775		of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
776	If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
777		logfile entry might have been wrong.  Problem found by
778		Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
779	If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
780		NULL, the message body was lost.  Patch from Motonori
781		Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
782	sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname.  Patch from Peng Haitao.
783	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
784		replacing files.
785	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
786		reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
787	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
788		appropriate.
789	LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
790		against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
791		8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
792	LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
793		from the version number, however, the returned value was
794		correct for the current libmilter version.
795
7968.14.1/8.14.1	2007/04/03
797	Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
798		it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
799		transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
800		in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ.  Bug
801		found by Andy Fiddaman.
802	The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
803		could not be set in 8.14.0.
804	If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
805		command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
806		due to an internal inconsistency.  Problem found by
807		Werner Wiethege.
808	Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
809		Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
810		Science and Mathematics.
811	CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
812	CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
813		of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
814		m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
815		SharedMemoryKeyFile.
816	CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
817		options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
818	CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
819		Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
820	LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
821		currently available macros.  Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
822	LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
823		negotiation.  Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
824	LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
825		Patches from Bryan Costales.
826	PORTABILITY FIXES:
827		AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
828			redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
829			Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
830			Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
831		Add support for QNX.6.  Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
832			Software Systems.
833	New Files:
834		devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
835		devtools/OS/QNX.6.x
836		include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
837
838	New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
839		libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
840		libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
841
8428.14.0/8.14.0	2007/01/31
843	Header field values are now 8 bit clean.  Notes:
844		- header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
845		- RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
846		  headers.
847	Preserve spaces after the colon in a header.  Previously, any
848		number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
849		exactly one space.
850	In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
851		be silently lost.  Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
852		limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
853		may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
854		.forward files that refer to others.  Patch from
855		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
856	Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
857		"sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
858		hostname of the client is undefined.  It is now set
859		to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
860	Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
861		Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
862	New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
863		Patch from Nik Clayton.
864	New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
865		permanent errors (5xy).  This can be useful for testing.
866	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
867		per daemon socket:
868			DeliveryMode	DeliveryMode
869			refuseLA	RefuseLA
870			delayLA		DelayLA
871			queueLA		QueueLA
872			children	MaxDaemonChildren
873	New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
874		lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
875		arguments specified in the map lookup.  Loosely based
876		on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
877	Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered.  Patch
878		from Nik Clayton.
879	If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
880		performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
881		not also invoke greet_pause.  Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
882		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
883	If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
884		introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
885		was logged previously.  Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
886		et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
887	New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
888		readable" status.
889	New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
890		of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
891	If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
892		is a header address it also distinguishes between
893		recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
894		envelope addresses).
895	When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
896		by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
897	Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
898	New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
899		number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
900		slow down responding.
901	New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
902		enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
903		key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
904		a file where to store the selected key.
905	Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
906		by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
907		from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
908		connection is terminated immediately.
909	New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
910		X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
911		account that addresses map to.  Patch from Dan Harkless.
912	New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
913		-B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
914		-z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
915			a query if it is too long.
916		-Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
917			to form the result of a lookup.
918	New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
919		implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
920		started by using "make check".
921	Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
922		reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
923		Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
924	Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
925		terminated child processes.  Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
926	When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
927		queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
928		intended.
929	New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
930		Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
931	New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
932		algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
933		which may improve the communication performance on some
934		operating systems.  Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
935		Proofpoint.
936	If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
937		(thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
938		generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
939		line.
940	Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
941		the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
942	Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
943		really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
944		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
945	If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
946		a missing initialization call for that case).  Problem
947		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
948	If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
949		before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
950		could fail for the sendmail client.  A patch by Moritz Both
951		works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
952	CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
953		undefining STATUS_FILE.  By not setting StatusFile,
954		the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
955		each delivery.
956	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
957		clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
958		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
959		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
960	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
961		clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
962		unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
963		name instead of the client name).  Contributed by Neil
964		Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
965		Sun Microsystems.
966	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
967		(MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
968		Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
969	CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
970		the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
971	CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
972		to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
973			To:user@example.com	RELAY
974	CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
975		macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
976		SMTP dialogue.
977	CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
978		for the HELO/EHLO command.
979	CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
980		messages by using those values as second argument.
981		Patches from Nelson Fung.
982	CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
983		ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
984		preceded by a backslash.
985	DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
986		directories, then it used for "make install" to create
987		the required installation directories.
988	DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
989		executables (defaults to confCC).
990	LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
991		has several changes which are listed below and documented
992		in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
993	LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
994		changed.  It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
995		not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
996		it is not user/milter-programmer visible).  Additionally,
997		a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
998		that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
999		at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
1000	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
1001		dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
1002		protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
1003		specify which of these a milter wants to use.  This allows
1004		for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
1005		xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
1006	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
1007		can act on the DATA command.
1008	LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
1009		can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
1010	LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
1011		can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
1012		milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
1013	LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
1014		xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
1015		and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback.  This
1016		is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
1017		body chunks it already received without reading the entire
1018		rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
1019		that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
1020	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
1021		new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
1022	LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
1023		envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
1024	LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
1025		recipients (RCPT) too.  This requires to set the protocol
1026		flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation.  Whether
1027		a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
1028		value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
1029	LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
1030		wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
1031		by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
1032		negotiation.
1033	LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
1034		leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
1035		protocol action.  Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
1036		does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
1037		inserted, or replaced.
1038	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
1039		callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
1040		with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
1041	New Files:
1042		cf/feature/badmx.m4
1043		cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
1044		cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
1045		devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
1046		include/sm/misc.h
1047		include/sm/sendmail.h
1048		include/sm/tailq.h
1049		libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
1050		libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
1051		libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
1052		libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
1053		libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
1054		libmilter/example.c
1055		libmilter/monitor.c
1056		libmilter/worker.c
1057		libsm/memstat.c
1058		libsm/t-memstat.c
1059		libsm/t-qic.c
1060		libsm/util.c
1061		sendmail/daemon.h
1062		sendmail/map.h
1063
10648.13.8/8.13.8	2006/08/09
1065	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
1066		the server can erroneously report that there is
1067		insufficient disk space.  Additionally make sure that
1068		an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
1069		misleading errors.  Based on patch from Steve Hubert
1070		of University of Washington.
1071	Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
1072		the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
1073		sendmail -bd is invoked.  Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
1074		of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
1075	Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none".  Patch from
1076		David F. Skoll.
1077	Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
1078		Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
1079	CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
1080		range (0..255).
1081	LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
1082		previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}.  However,
1083		this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
1084		it has been changed to {client_name}.  See doc/op/op.me
1085		about these macros.
1086
10878.13.7/8.13.7	2006/06/14
1088	A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
1089		crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
1090		e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s).  This
1091		happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
1092		was not restricted.  The function is called for MIME 8 to
1093		7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1094		To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
1095		a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
1096		limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
1097		Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
1098	The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
1099		SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
1100		DIGEST-MD5.  Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
1101	If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
1102		a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
1103		This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
1104		layer made in 8.13.6.
1105	Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
1106		Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
1107		distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
1108		Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
1109		e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
1110		Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
1111		like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
1112		Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
1113		to avoid those false positives.
1114	If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
1115		error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
1116		files were not removed.
1117	If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
1118		parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected.  Problem
1119		reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
1120	Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
1121		bug work-around.  Hence if sendmail is linked against
1122		either of these versions and compression is available,
1123		the padding bug work-around is turned off.  Based on
1124		patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
1125	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
1126		blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
1127		however, that list is no longer available.  To avoid
1128		further problems, no default value is available anymore,
1129		but an argument must be specified.
1130	Portability:
1131		Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c.  Patch from
1132		Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
1133
11348.13.6/8.13.6	2006/03/22
1135	SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
1136		and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
1137		layer and fix problems in that code.  Also fix handling of
1138		a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
1139		attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
1140		setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
1141		Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
1142	Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
1143		the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
1144		(signed) integer value.  This is prevented in the default
1145		configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
1146		most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
1147		those values.  Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
1148	If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
1149		another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
1150		not trigger an internal consistency check.  Problem found
1151		by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1152	If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
1153		to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
1154		STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
1155		2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
1156		of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
1157		temporary error in 8.13.5).  Problem reported by Jeff
1158		A. Earickson of Colby College.
1159	Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command.  Patch from John
1160		Myers of Proofpoint.
1161	Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
1162		for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
1163		processed.  Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
1164	Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
1165		resume a stored TLS session.
1166	Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
1167		a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
1168		Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
1169	LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
1170		(libmilter.h).  Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
1171		Sun Microsystems.
1172	LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
1173		This generates an error message from libmilter on
1174		Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
1175		request silently.
1176	LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
1177		-1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
1178		directly.  Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
1179		Services.
1180	Portability:
1181		Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
1182		in NetBSD.  Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
1183		Andrew Brown.
1184
11858.13.5/8.13.5	2005/09/16
1186	Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
1187		exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
1188		directory.  This structure is used decide whether there
1189		is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
1190		without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
1191		subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
1192		than the base directory.
1193	Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
1194		checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
1195		an envelope across queue groups.  Problem found by
1196		Werner Wiethege.
1197	If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
1198		number of items to process, sort the queue first and
1199		then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
1200		Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1201	Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN.  Problem noted by
1202		Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1203		University.
1204	FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
1205		From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1206	When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
1207		it as a temporary error, not as protocol error.  Problem
1208		noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1209	Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
1210		prototype used static too.  Patch from Peter Klein.
1211	Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
1212	LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
1213		zero then do not silently ignore that call.  Patch from
1214		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1215	LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
1216		the SMTP session with that error.  Fix from Brian Kantor.
1217	Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
1218			has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
1219			of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
1220			source code.
1221		Add support for AIX 5.3.
1222		Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
1223		Add support for Darwin 8.x.  Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1224		OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
1225	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
1226		Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
1227			GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
1228			Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
1229		Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
1230			was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
1231			broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1232			Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
1233		Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
1234			the defaults in the sendmail binary.  Problem noted
1235			by Mike Pechkin.
1236	New Files:
1237		cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
1238		devtools/OS/AIX.5.3
1239		devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
1240		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
1241		include/sm/time.h
1242
12438.13.4/8.13.4	2005/03/27
1244	The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
1245		different error which could result in connections that
1246		stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
1247		properly initialized.  Problem noted by Michael Sims.
1248	Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature().  This bug could lead
1249		to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
1250		host.  Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
1251		tracked down by Gael Roualland.
1252	Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr().  Problem
1253		found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
1254	If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
1255		owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
1256		the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
1257		to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
1258	The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
1259		memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
1260		and bounce generation.
1261	Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
1262		in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
1263		for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
1264		Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
1265		down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1266	The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag.  Patch from
1267		Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
1268	The socket map did not obey the -f flag.  Problem noted by
1269		Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
1270	The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
1271		the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
1272		return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
1273	Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
1274		to avoid a possible segmentation fault.  Based on patch
1275		by Joe Maimon.
1276	Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
1277		does not assign a value to its output parameter.  Based
1278		on patch by Brian Kantor.
1279	Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
1280		to Cyrus SASL version 2).  Otherwise an SMTP session might
1281		be dropped after an AUTH failure.
1282	Portability:
1283		Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
1284			"long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
1285			AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode.  Note: this has to be set
1286			"by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
1287			Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
1288		Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x.  This should
1289			fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
1290			Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
1291			University of Bremen.
1292	New Files:
1293		include/sm/sem.h
1294		libsm/sem.c
1295		libsm/t-sem.c
1296
12978.13.3/8.13.3	2005/01/11
1298	Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
1299		is active.
1300	Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
1301		due to a 421 error.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1302		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1303	Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
1304		closing a connection.  Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
1305		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1306	Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
1307		next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
1308		connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
1309		SMTP reply code.  Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
1310
13118.13.2/8.13.2	2004/12/15
1312	Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
1313		buffer size.  Previously a part of such a header would
1314		end up in the body of the message.  Problem noted by
1315		Simple Nomad of BindView.
1316	Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
1317		headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
1318		Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
1319	If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
1320		message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
1321		messages on that connection.  This prevents bogus "Bad
1322		file number" recipient status.  Problem noted by
1323		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1324	Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
1325		2821.  Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
1326	Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
1327		for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
1328		Cyrus IMAP lmtp server.  Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
1329	When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
1330		them off at a comma.  Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
1331	Add more logging to milter change header functions to
1332		complement existing logging.  Based on patch from
1333		Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1334	Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
1335		Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
1336	Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
1337		to a hostname for use with SASL.  Problem noted by Ken Jones;
1338		patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
1339	CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
1340		mailer.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1341	LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
1342		xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
1343		Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
1344	LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
1345		different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
1346		Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
1347	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem
1348		noted by Nelson Fung.
1349	MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
1350		mail.local.  Problem noted by William Park.
1351	VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting.  Problem noted
1352		by Nelson Fung.
1353	Portability:
1354		Add support for DragonFly BSD.
1355	New Files:
1356		cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
1357		devtools/OS/DragonFly
1358		include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
1359	Deleted Files:
1360		libsm/vsscanf.c
1361
13628.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
1363	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
1364		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
1365		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
1366		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
1367	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
1368		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1369	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
1370		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
1371		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
1372		by David Russell.
1373	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
1374		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
1375		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
1376		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
1377	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
1378		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
1379		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
1380	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
1381		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
1382	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
1383		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
1384		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
1385		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
1386		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
1387		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
1388		Bielefeld.
1389	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
1390		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
1391	Portability:
1392		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
1393			noted by Geoff Adams.
1394		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1395		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
1396			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
1397		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
1398			incompatibilities with various *roff related
1399			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
1400	New Files:
1401		doc/op/README
1402
14038.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
1404	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
1405		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
1406		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
1407		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1408		University.
1409	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1410		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1411		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1412	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1413		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1414	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1415		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
1416		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1417		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
1418		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1419		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1420	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1421		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1422		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1423		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1424		of cf/README for more information.
1425	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1426		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
1427		the LDAP library.
1428	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1429		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1430		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1431		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1432		library supports it.
1433	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1434		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1435	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1436		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1437		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1438	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1439		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1440		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1441		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
1442		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1443		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1444		determines the length of the interval for which the
1445		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
1446		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1447	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1448		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1449		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1450		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1451		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1452		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1453		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1454		during that connection.
1455	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1456		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
1457		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1458	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1459		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1460		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1461	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1462		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1463	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1464		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
1465		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1466		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1467	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1468		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1469		sendmail.
1470	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1471		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1472		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1473		Mines de Paris.
1474	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
1475		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1476		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1477		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1478		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1479		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1480		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1481		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1482	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1483		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
1484		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1485	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
1486		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1487		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
1488		by Sander Eerkes.
1489	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
1490		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1491		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
1492		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1493	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1494		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
1495		operates on lost queue items.
1496	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1497		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1498		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1499		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1500		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1501		quarantine reason.
1502	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1503		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1504	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1505		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1506		"QUARANTINE:".
1507	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1508		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1509		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
1510		be used for the quarantine reason.
1511	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1512	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1513		message if it is quarantined.
1514	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1515		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1516		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1517		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1518		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1519	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1520		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
1521		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1522	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1523		recipients received so far in a transaction.
1524	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1525		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
1526		noted by Kai Schlichting.
1527	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1528		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1529		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1530	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
1531		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1532	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1533	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1534		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1535	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1536		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
1537		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1538	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1539	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1540		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1541		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
1542		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1543	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1544		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
1545		of the University of Manitoba.
1546	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1547		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1548		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1549		is active.
1550	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
1551		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1552		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1553	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1554		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1555	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1556		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1557	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1558		overwrite each other's pid files.
1559	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1560		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
1561		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1562	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1563		LogLevel 12 or higher.
1564	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1565		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1566		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1567		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1568		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1569	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1570		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1571		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
1572		of Sun Microsystems.
1573	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1574		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1575	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1576		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1577	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1578		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1579	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
1580		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1581	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1582		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1583		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1584		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1585	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1586		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
1587		further information.
1588	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1589		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1590	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1591		queue return and warning times for delivery status
1592		notifications.
1593	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1594		at all.
1595	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1596		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1597		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1598	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1599		for DaemonPortOptions.
1600	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1601		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
1602		of Northern Illinois University.
1603	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1604		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
1605		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1606		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1607		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1608	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1609		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1610	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
1611		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1612	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1613		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
1614		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1615	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1616		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1617	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1618		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1619		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1620	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1621		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1622	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1623		HOSTALIASES.
1624	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
1625		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1626	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1627		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1628		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
1629		Oleg Bulyzhin.
1630	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1631		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
1632		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1633		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1634		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1635	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1636		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1637	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1638		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1639	Portability:
1640		Two new compile options have been added:
1641			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
1642			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
1643			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1644		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1645			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1646			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
1647			programs to match locking techniques.
1648		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1649			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1650		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1651			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1652			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1653			Center for Scientific Computing.
1654		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1655		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1656		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1657			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1658			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1659			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
1660			from Mark Funkenhauser.
1661	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1662		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1663		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1664		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1665	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1666		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1667		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1668		of Northern Illinois University.
1669	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1670		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1671		the message using the given reason.
1672	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1673		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1674		DNS records than just A.
1675	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1676		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1677		connections is maintained.
1678	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1679		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1680	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1681		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1682	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1683		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
1684		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1685		use the access database to look the pause time based on
1686		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1687	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1688		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
1689		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1690		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1691		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
1692		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1693	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1694		interval when refusing connections for this long.
1695	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1696		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
1697		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1698	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1699		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
1700		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1701	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1702		to follow the naming conventions.
1703	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1704		the A= argument.
1705	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1706		local_lmtp.
1707	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1708		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1709	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1710		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1711		its rules.
1712	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1713		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1714		status notifications.
1715	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1716	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1717		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1718		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1719	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1720		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1721		doc/op/op.me.
1722	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1723		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1724		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1725	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1726		certificate revocations lists.
1727	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1728		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1729		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1730		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
1731	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1732		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1733		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
1734		for more information.
1735	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1736		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1737		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1738		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
1739		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1740	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1741	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1742		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1743		of LifeLine Networks.
1744	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
1745		Derek J. Balling.
1746	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1747		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1748	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1749		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1750	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1751		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1752		Filters which use this function must include the
1753		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1754	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1755		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1756	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1757		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1758	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1759		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1760		resetting the timeout.
1761	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1762		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1763		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1764	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1765		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1766	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1767		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1768		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1769	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1770		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1771	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1772		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1773	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
1774		from Bryan Costales.
1775	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1776		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1777	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1778		amendments to support header insertion operations.
1779	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1780		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1781		Informations Services.
1782	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1783	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1784		instead of '#'.
1785	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1786		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1787		headers.
1788	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1789		for the auto-response message.
1790	New Files:
1791		CACerts
1792		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1793		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1794		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1795		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1796		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1797		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
1798		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1799		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1800		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1801		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1802		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1803		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1804		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1805		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1806		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1807		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1808		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1809		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1810		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1811		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1812		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1813		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1814		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1815		sendmail/ratectrl.c
1816	Deleted Files:
1817		cf/feature/nodns.m4
1818		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1819		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1820		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1821		libsm/vsprintf.c
1822	Renamed Files:
1823		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1824
18258.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
1826	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
1827		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
1828		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1829	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1830		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1831		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1832		Techfirm, Inc.
1833	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1834		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1835		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1836	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1837		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1838		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1839		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1840	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1841		recipient address also against the printable addresses
1842		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1843		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1844	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1845		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1846		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
1847	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1848		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1849	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1850		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
1851		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1852		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1853		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
1854		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1855	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1856		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1857		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1858	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1859		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1860		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1861	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1862		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1863		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
1864		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1865		external application that accesses qf files.
1866	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1867		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1868	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1869		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
1870		Breyha.
1871	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1872		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
1873		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1874		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1875		environment.
1876	Portability:
1877		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1878		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1879			Sun Microsystems.
1880	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1881		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1882	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1883		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1884	New Files:
1885		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1886
18878.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1888	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
1889		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1890		of Courtesan Consulting.
1891	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
1892		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1893		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1894		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1895		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1896	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1897		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1898	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1899	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1900		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1901	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1902		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1903	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1904		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1905		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1906	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1907		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1908	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1909	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1910		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
1911		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1912	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1913		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
1914		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1915	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1916		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1917	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1918		to make sure they match.
1919	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1920		in the kernel.
1921	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1922		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
1923		Bart Duchesne.
1924	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1925		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
1926		Craig Hunt.
1927	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
1928		from Jerome Borsboom.
1929	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1930		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
1931		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1932	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1933		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1934		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1935		after the close() and before the truncate().
1936	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1937		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1938		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1939	Portability:
1940		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1941			of Washington for providing access to a computer
1942			with AIX 5.2.
1943		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
1944			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1945		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1946			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
1947			of Harker Systems.
1948		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
1949			your Linux distribution, compile with
1950			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1951	New Files:
1952		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
1953
19548.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
1955	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1956		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1957		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1958		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1959		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1960		includes DNS.
1961	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1962		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1963		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1964		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1965	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1966		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1967		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1968		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1969		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1970		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1971		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1972	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
1973		by Derek Wueppelmann.
1974	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1975		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1976		College London.
1977	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1978		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
1979		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1980	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1981		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1982	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1983	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1984		text file instead of the database map.
1985	Portability:
1986		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1987			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1988			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1989			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1990
19918.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
1992	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1993		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1994		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1995		of ISS X-Force.
1996	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1997		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1998		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1999		Stanford University Compilation Group.
2000	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
2001		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
2002	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
2003		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
2004		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
2005	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
2006		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
2007	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
2008		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
2009		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2010
20118.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
2012	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2013		across various connections.  This could cause session
2014		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2015		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2016		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2017	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
2018		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
2019		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
2020	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
2021		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
2022		Erik Parker.
2023	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
2024		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
2025		is used.
2026	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
2027		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
2028	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
2029		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
2030		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
2031		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
2032		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
2033	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
2034		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
2035	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
2036		of 11 or higher.
2037	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
2038		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
2039	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
2040		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
2041		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
2042		to be run even if Runners=0.
2043	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
2044		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
2045		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2046	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
2047		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
2048	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
2049		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2050	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
2051		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
2052	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
2053		by John Majikes of IBM.
2054	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
2055		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
2056	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
2057		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
2058		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2059	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
2060		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
2061		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
2062	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
2063		noted by Matthias Andree.
2064	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
2065		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
2066	Portability:
2067		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
2068		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
2069			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
2070			an argument, hence the builtin version of
2071			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
2072			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
2073			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
2074		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
2075			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2076		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
2077			of the TrustedBSD Project.
2078		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
2079			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
2080		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
2081		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
2082			Corporation.
2083		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
2084	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
2085		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
2086	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
2087		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
2088		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
2089	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
2090		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
2091		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
2092		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
2093		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
2094		in the file itself.
2095	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
2096		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
2097		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
2098		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2099	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
2100	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
2101		relay.
2102	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
2103		in access_db.
2104	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
2105	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
2106		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
2107		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
2108	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
2109		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
2110		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2111	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2112		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2113		Sun Microsystems.
2114	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
2115		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2116	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2117		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2118		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2119	New Files:
2120		devtools/OS/Interix
2121		include/sm/bdb.h
2122
21238.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
2124	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
2125		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
2126		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
2127		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
2128		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
2129	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
2130		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2131		Courtesan Consulting.
2132	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
2133		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
2134		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2135	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
2136		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2137		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2138	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
2139		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
2140		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
2141		Earickson of Colby College.
2142	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
2143		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
2144		Courtesan Consulting.
2145	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
2146		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
2147	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
2148		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
2149		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
2150	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
2151		execve().
2152	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
2153		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
2154		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
2155	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
2156		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
2157		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
2158		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
2159		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2160	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
2161		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
2162		supposed for addresses on the header content.
2163	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
2164	Portability:
2165		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
2166			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
2167			fix from Scott Walters.
2168		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2169		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
2170			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
2171		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
2172			NETISO support has been dropped.
2173	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
2174		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
2175		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
2176		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
2177		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
2178		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
2179		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
2180		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
2181		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
2182		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
2183		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
2184		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
2185		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
2186		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
2187	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
2188		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
2189		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2190		University.
2191	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
2192		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2193	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
2194		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2195	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
2196		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2197	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
2198		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2199		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2200	New Files:
2201		contrib/etrn.0
2202
22038.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
2204	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
2205		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
2206		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
2207		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
2208		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
2209		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
2210	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
2211		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
2212		with rogue DNS servers.
2213	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
2214		by Bryan Costales.
2215	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
2216		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
2217		Costales.
2218	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2219		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2220		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2221		Polytechnic Institute.
2222	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
2223		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
2224	Portability:
2225		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
2226			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
2227			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
2228			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
2229		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
2230			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
2231			8.13 will change the default locking method to
2232			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
2233			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
2234			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
2235			related programs to match locking techniques.
2236
22378.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
2238	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
2239		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
2240		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
2241		section of the top level README for more information.
2242		Problem noted by lumpy.
2243	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
2244		instead of 0644.
2245	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
2246		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2247		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2248	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2249		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2250		Purdue University.
2251	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
2252		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
2253		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2254	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
2255		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
2256		of Active State.
2257	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
2258		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
2259		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2260	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
2261		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
2262		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
2263		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
2264	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
2265		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
2266	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
2267		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
2268	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2269		or the queue.
2270	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
2271		user who started sendmail.
2272	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
2273		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
2274		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
2275	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
2276		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
2277		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
2278		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
2279		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
2280	Portability:
2281		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
2282			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
2283			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
2284		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
2285			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
2286			Charles University in Prague.
2287		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
2288			memory.
2289	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
2290		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2291	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
2292		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
2293		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
2294	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
2295		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
2296	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
2297		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
2298		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
2299		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
2300		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
2301	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
2302		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
2303		noted by Bryan Costales.
2304	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
2305		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
2306	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
2307		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
2308	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
2309		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2310	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
2311		match dnsbl change.
2312	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
2313		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
2314		installing the sendmail statistics file.
2315	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
2316		a user's filter starts other applications.
2317	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
2318		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
2319	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
2320		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
2321		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
2322	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
2323		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
2324	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
2325		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
2326		noted by Bryan Costales.
2327	New Files:
2328		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
2329
23308.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
2331	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
2332		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
2333		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
2334		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
2335		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
2336		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
2337		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
2338		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
2339		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
2340		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
2341		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
2342		University.
2343	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
2344		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
2345		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
2346		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
2347		of INTERMETA.
2348	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
2349		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
2350	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
2351		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
2352	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
2353		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
2354		ActiveState.
2355	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
2356		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
2357	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
2358		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2359		Northern Illinois University.
2360	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
2361		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
2362		of Dinoex.
2363	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
2364		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2365		Polytechnic Institute.
2366	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
2367		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
2368		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
2369	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
2370		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
2371		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
2372	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
2373		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2374	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
2375		patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2376	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
2377		missing arguments.
2378	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
2379		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
2380		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
2381	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
2382		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2383	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
2384		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
2385		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
2386	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
2387		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
2388		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
2389	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
2390		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
2391		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
2392		of Concordia University.
2393	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
2394		found by Mario Nigrovic.
2395	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
2396		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
2397		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
2398		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
2399	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
2400		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
2401		Elvers.
2402	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
2403		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
2404		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
2405		total number of TCP connections.
2406	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
2407		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
2408		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2409	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2410		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2411	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2412		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2413		Texas.
2414	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2415		to 451.
2416	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2417		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
2418		patch by Bryan Costales.
2419	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2420		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2421	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2422		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2423		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2424		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2425		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
2426		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2427		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2428		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2429	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2430		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2431		command).
2432	Portability:
2433		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2434			available.
2435		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
2436			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2437			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2438			Skyrr.
2439		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
2440			noted by John Beck.
2441		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2442		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
2443			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2444	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2445		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
2446		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2447	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2448		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2449		error.
2450	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2451		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
2452		Krzysztof Oledzki.
2453	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2454		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2455	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2456		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2457	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2458		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2459		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2460		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2461		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
2462		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2463	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2464		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
2465		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2466		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2467		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2468		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2469		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2470		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2471	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2472		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
2473		noted by John Beck.
2474	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2475		if queue groups are used.
2476	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2477	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2478	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2479		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2480	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2481	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2482		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
2483		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2484		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2485		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2486		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2487	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2488		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
2489		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2490	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2491		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2492		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2493	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
2494		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2495		ldap_memfree().
2496	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2497		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2498	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
2499		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2500	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
2501		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2502		San Francisco.
2503	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2504	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
2505		Joe Barbish.
2506	New Files:
2507		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2508
25098.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
2510	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2511		at startup, only log an error message.
2512	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2513		following -b) has been specified.
2514	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2515		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
2516		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2517	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2518		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2519		Regensburg.
2520	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2521		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2522		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2523		Institute of Mining and Technology.
2524	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2525		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2526		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2527	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2528		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2529		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2530	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2531		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2532		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2533	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2534		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
2535		SMTP connections.
2536	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
2537		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2538		and Technology.
2539	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2540		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2541		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2542		Meteorological Institute.
2543	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2544		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2545		Online.
2546	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2547		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2548		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2549		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2550		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2551		types, respectively.
2552	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2553		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2554		of Virginia Tech.
2555	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2556		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2557		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2558	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2559		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2560	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2561		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2562	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2563		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2564		of Vienna.
2565	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
2566		of Sun Microsystems.
2567	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2568		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2569		with servers that do not support realms when using
2570		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2571	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2572		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
2573		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2574	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2575		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2576		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2577	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2578	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2579		instead of forcing localhost.
2580	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2581		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2582	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
2583		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2584	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2585		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2586		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2587		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2588		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2589	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2590		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2591	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
2592		Compaq Computer Corp.
2593	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2594		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2595		Tech.
2596	Portability:
2597		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
2598			patch provided by HP.
2599		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2600			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
2601		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
2602			Sachin of Siemens.
2603		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2604		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
2605			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2606			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
2607			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2608		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
2609			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2610		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
2611			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2612		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2613			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
2614			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
2615			Hewlett-Packard.
2616		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2617			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2618			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2619		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
2620			Virginia Tech.
2621		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
2622			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2623		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2624			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2625	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2626		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
2627		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2628	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2629		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2630	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2631		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2632		Florida.
2633	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
2634		Altin Waldmann.
2635	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2636		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
2637		Hewlett-Packard.
2638	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2639		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2640		of MSFU.
2641	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2642		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2643		Institute.
2644	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2645	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2646		to free memory twice.
2647	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2648		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2649		of Sun Microsystems.
2650	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2651		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2652		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2653		University of Athens.
2654	New Files:
2655		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2656		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2657		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2658		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
2659		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
2660		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
2661		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2662		libsm/mpeix.c
2663
26648.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
2665	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2666		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2667		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
2668		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
2669		found by Michal Zalewski.
2670	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2671		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2672		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2673		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2674	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2675		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2676	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2677		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2678		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2679	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2680		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2681		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2682	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2683		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2684		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
2685		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
2686		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2687	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2688		canonical name for a host.
2689	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2690		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
2691		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
2692		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2693	Portability:
2694		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2695			`uname` does not given complete information.
2696			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2697			Aircraft Company.
2698		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2699			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2700		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2701			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2702			Courtesan Consulting.
2703	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2704		problems with potential misconfigurations.
2705	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
2706		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2707		Technology Organisation of Australia.
2708	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2709		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blocklists
2710		then use it.
2711	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
2712		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2713	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
2714		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2715	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2716		and vacation.
2717	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2718		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2719		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2720	New Files:
2721		test/Build
2722		test/Makefile
2723		test/Makefile.m4
2724		test/README
2725		test/t_dropgid.c
2726		test/t_setgid.c
2727	Deleted Files:
2728		include/sm/stdio.h
2729		include/sm/sysstat.h
2730
27318.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
2732	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2733		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
2734		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2735		default).  The installation process tries to install
2736		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2737		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2738	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2739		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2740		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2741		flags:
2742			GroupWritableForwardFile
2743			WorldWritableForwardFile
2744			GroupWritableIncludeFile
2745			WorldWritableIncludeFile
2746		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2747	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
2748		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2749		(IdS).
2750	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2751		point where the variable could become overused for more than
2752		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
2753		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
2754		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2755		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2756	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2757		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
2758		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2759		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
2760		see sendmail/SECURITY.
2761	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2762		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2763	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2764		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
2765		sendmail/SECURITY.
2766	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2767		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2768		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2769	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2770		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2771		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
2772		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2773		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
2774	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
2775		command has been removed.
2776	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
2777		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2778	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2779		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2780		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
2781		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2782	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2783		long, to accommodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
2784		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2785		supported.
2786	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2787		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
2788		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2789		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2790		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
2791		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2792		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2793		creation rather than just before delivery.
2794	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
2795		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2796		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
2797		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2798		preference matches (coattail).
2799	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2800		try other MX hosts if available.
2801	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2802		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2803	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2804		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
2805		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2806	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2807	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2808		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2809		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2810		removed in future versions.
2811	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2812		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2813	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2814		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
2815		doc/op/op.me for details.
2816	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2817		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2818		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2819		of the presented certificate, respectively.
2820	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2821	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2822		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2823	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2824		recipient; useful to decide whether a connection is secure
2825		enough on a per recipient basis.
2826	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2827		for STARTTLS.
2828	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2829		value "NOT".
2830	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2831		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2832	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2833		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2834	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2835		really required.  This change results in a noticeable
2836		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
2837		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2838	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2839		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
2840	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2841		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2842		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2843		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
2844		command line, then the value also limits the number of
2845		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2846		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2847		by a queue run.
2848	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2849		system each queue directory resides in.
2850	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2851	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2852	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
2853		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2854		collected together) to process the same work list at the
2855		same time.
2856	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2857		active queue runner processes.
2858	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2859		runners per queue group.
2860	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2861		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2862		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2863		of the queue that match during processing.
2864	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2865		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2866		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2867		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2868		persistent queue runner.
2869	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2870		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2871		sendmail -q15m).
2872	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
2873		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2874	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2875		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2876	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2877		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2878	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2879		of the qf file (older entries first).
2880	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2881		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2882		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2883		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2884	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2885		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2886	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
2887		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2888		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2889		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2890		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2891	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
2892		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2893		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2894	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2895		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2896		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
2897		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
2898		details.
2899	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2900		the number of entries in the queue(s).
2901	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
2902		and the usual documentation for details.
2903	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2904	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2905		announced in 8.10.
2906	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
2907	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2908		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
2909		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2910	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2911		-r (number of retries).
2912	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2913		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2914		and value separated by the given separator.
2915	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2916		to map class arith.
2917	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2918		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2919	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2920		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2921	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2922		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
2923		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2924	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2925		filenames with spaces).
2926	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2927	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2928		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2929		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
2930		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
2931		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2932		to the loopback net.
2933	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2934	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
2935		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2936	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2937		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2938	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2939		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2940	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2941		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2942		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2943		Development Group.
2944	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2945		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
2946		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
2947		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2948		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2949		load average is exceeded.
2950	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2951		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2952		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2953		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2954		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2955	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2956	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2957	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
2958		instead.
2959	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2960		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
2961	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2962		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2963		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2964	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2965		for direct (command line) submissions.
2966	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2967		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2968		Hagino of the KAME Project.
2969	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2970		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2971		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2972	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2973		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2974		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2975		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2976	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2977		before logging.
2978	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2979		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2980	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2981	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2982		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2983		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2984	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2985		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2986		of the Universitat Regensburg.
2987	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2988		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2989		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2990		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2991		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2992		See libsm/index.html for details.
2993	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2994		care of by fork() and exit().
2995	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
2996		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2997		new and old (from new libsm).
2998	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2999		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
3000	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
3001	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
3002		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
3003		synchronizations calls.
3004	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
3005	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
3006	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
3007		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
3008	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
3009		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
3010		for details.
3011	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
3012		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
3013		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
3014		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3015	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
3016		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
3017		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3018	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
3019		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
3020		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
3021		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
3022		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
3023		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
3024		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
3025	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
3026		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
3027	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
3028		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3029	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
3030		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
3031		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
3032		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
3033		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
3034		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
3035		Urbana-Champaign.
3036	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
3037		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
3038	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
3039		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
3040		connections.
3041	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
3042		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
3043		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
3044		cf/README.
3045	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
3046		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
3047		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
3048		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
3049		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
3050		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
3051		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
3052		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
3053		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
3054		example).
3055	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
3056		the default schema used in the above two items.
3057	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
3058		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
3059		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
3060	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
3061		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
3062		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
3063	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
3064		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
3065		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
3066		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
3067		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
3068	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
3069		HELO/EHLO commands.
3070	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
3071		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
3072		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
3073		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
3074		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
3075		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
3076		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3077	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
3078		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
3079		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
3080		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
3081		(verbose) command line option.
3082	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
3083		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
3084		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
3085		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3086	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
3087		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
3088		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3089	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
3090		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
3091		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
3092	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
3093		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
3094		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
3095		British Columbia.
3096	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
3097		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
3098	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
3099		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3100		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
3101		if required.
3102	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
3103		class instead.
3104	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
3105		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
3106		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
3107		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
3108	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
3109		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
3110	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
3111		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
3112		Nelson of IBM.
3113	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
3114		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
3115		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
3116		their defaults are:
3117		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
3118		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
3119		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
3120		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
3121		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
3122		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
3123		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
3124	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
3125		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
3126	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
3127		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3128		Meteorological Institute.
3129	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
3130		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
3131		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
3132	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
3133		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
3134		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3135	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
3136		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
3137		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
3138		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
3139		See sendmail/README for further information.
3140	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
3141		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
3142		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
3143	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
3144		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
3145		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3146	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
3147		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
3148	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
3149		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
3150		flora.ca.
3151	Portability:
3152		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
3153			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
3154			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3155		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
3156			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
3157			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
3158			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
3159			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
3160			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3161		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
3162			Solaris 8 and later.
3163		Add support for OpenUNIX.
3164	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
3165	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
3166	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
3167	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
3168	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
3169		temporary lookup failures.
3170	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
3171		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
3172		or IP nets.
3173	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
3174		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
3175		to get through.
3176	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
3177		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
3178		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
3179		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
3180		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
3181	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
3182		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
3183		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
3184		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
3185	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
3186		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
3187		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3188	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
3189		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
3190		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
3191	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
3192		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
3193	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
3194		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
3195		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
3196	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
3197		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
3198		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
3199		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
3200		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
3201	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
3202		cf/README for details.
3203	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
3204		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
3205		University of Maryland.
3206	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
3207		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
3208	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
3209		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
3210		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
3211	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
3212		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
3213		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
3214		Solving.
3215	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
3216		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
3217	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
3218		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
3219	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
3220		immediately.
3221	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
3222		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
3223		See cf/README for details.
3224	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
3225		temporary lookup failures.
3226	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
3227		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
3228	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
3229		memory use.
3230	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
3231		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
3232		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
3233		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
3234		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
3235	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
3236		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3237	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
3238		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
3239	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
3240		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
3241	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
3242		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
3243		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
3244		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
3245	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
3246	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
3247		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
3248		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
3249		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
3250		additional details.
3251	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
3252		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
3253		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
3254		information.
3255	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
3256		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
3257		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
3258	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
3259		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
3260		recipients as user unknown.
3261	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
3262		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
3263		section of cf/README for more information.
3264	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
3265		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
3266		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
3267	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
3268		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3269		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3270	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
3271		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
3272		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
3273		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
3274		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
3275		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
3276		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
3277		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
3278		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
3279		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
3280		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
3281	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
3282		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
3283		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
3284		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
3285		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
3286	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
3287		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
3288		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
3289		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
3290		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
3291		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
3292		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
3293		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
3294		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
3295		doc/op/op.me for details.
3296	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
3297		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
3298		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3299	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
3300		dequote map.
3301	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
3302	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
3303		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
3304	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
3305		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
3306		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
3307		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
3308		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
3309		This affects the access database as well as the
3310		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
3311	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
3312	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
3313	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
3314		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
3315		Mississippi State University.
3316	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
3317		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
3318	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
3319		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
3320		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3321	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
3322		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
3323		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
3324	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
3325		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
3326		systems which don't include cat directories.
3327	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
3328	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3329		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
3330		mailbox database type.
3331	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
3332		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
3333		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
3334		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
3335	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
3336		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
3337	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
3338		instead of white space.
3339	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3340		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3341		Meteorological Institute.
3342	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
3343	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
3344		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
3345	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
3346		instead of syslog.
3347	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
3348		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
3349		to specify the database and message file since there is no
3350		home directory for the default settings for these options.
3351	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
3352		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
3353		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
3354		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
3355	New Directories:
3356		libmilter/docs
3357	New Files:
3358		cf/cf/README
3359		cf/cf/submit.cf
3360		cf/cf/submit.mc
3361		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
3362		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
3363		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
3364		cf/feature/msp.m4
3365		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
3366		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
3367		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
3368		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
3369		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
3370		cf/sendmail.schema
3371		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
3372		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
3373		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
3374		editmap/*
3375		include/sm/*
3376		libsm/*
3377		libsmutil/cf.c
3378		libsmutil/err.c
3379		sendmail/SECURITY
3380		sendmail/TUNING
3381		sendmail/bf.c
3382		sendmail/bf.h
3383		sendmail/sasl.c
3384		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
3385		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
3386		sendmail/tls.c
3387	Deleted Files:
3388		cf/feature/rbl.m4
3389		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
3390		devtools/OS/AIX.2
3391		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3392		include/sendmail/errstring.h
3393		include/sendmail/useful.h
3394		libsmutil/errstring.c
3395		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3396		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3397		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3398		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3399		sendmail/clock.c
3400	Renamed Files:
3401		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
3402		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
3403		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
3404
34058.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
3406	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
3407		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
3408		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3409		of ISS X-Force.
3410	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3411		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3412		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3413		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3414		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3415		includes DNS.
3416	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3417		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3418		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
3419		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3420	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3421		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3422		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3423		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3424		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3425		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3426		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3427	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3428		across various connections.  This could cause session
3429		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3430		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
3431		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3432	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3433		canonical name for a host.
3434	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3435	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3436		or the queue.
3437	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3438		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3439		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3440		Polytechnic Institute.
3441	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3442		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3443		Purdue University.
3444	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3445		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3446		Texas.
3447	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3448		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3449		error.
3450	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3451		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3452	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3453		and vacation.
3454	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3455		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3456	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3457		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
3458		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3459	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3460		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3461		Sun Microsystems.
3462	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3463		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
3464		iDEFENSE, Inc.
3465
34668.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
3467	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3468		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
3469		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3470	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
3471		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3472		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3473		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
3474		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3475	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3476		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
3477		Werner Wiethege.
3478	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
3479		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3480
34818.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
3482	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3483		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
3484		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3485		of SE Netway Communications.
3486	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3487		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3488	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3489		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3490		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
3491		Bosserman of EarthLink.
3492	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3493		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3494	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3495		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3496		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3497		University College.
3498	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
3499		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3500	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3501		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3502		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3503		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3504		University at Albany.
3505	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3506		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3507	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3508		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3509		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3510		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3511	Portability:
3512		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
3513			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3514		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3515			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3516		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3517			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3518		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
3519			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3520	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3521		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3522
35238.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
3524	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3525		corruption and other potential race conditions.
3526		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3527		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
3528		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
3529		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3530	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3531		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3532		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3533	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3534		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3535		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3536	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
3537		from Kenji Miyake.
3538	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3539		QueueDirectory wildcards.
3540	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3541		the same map again while exiting.
3542	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3543		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3544		of Tuebingen.
3545	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3546		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3547		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3548		Oklahoma State University.
3549	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3550		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3551		InTouch Systems, Inc.
3552	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3553		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3554		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3555		Morgan Stanley.
3556	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3557		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
3558		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3559	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
3560		from Werner Wiethege.
3561	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3562		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
3563	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3564		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3565		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3566		Internet Services.
3567	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
3568		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3569	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
3570		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3571	Portability:
3572		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3573	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3574		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3575	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3576	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3577		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3578		Meteorological Institute.
3579	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3580		since it generates random process ids.
3581	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3582		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3583		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3584	New Files:
3585		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3586
35878.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
3588	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3589		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3590		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3591		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3592	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3593		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3594		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3595		communications consulting gmbh.
3596	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3597		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3598	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3599		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3600		connection came in from the command line.
3601	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3602		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
3603		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3604	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3605		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3606	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3607		when they were committed.
3608	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3609		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3610	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3611		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3612		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
3613		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3614	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3615		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3616		University.
3617	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3618		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3619		accept() completes.
3620	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3621		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3622	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3623		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3624		Wellcome.
3625	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3626		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3627		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3628		University.
3629	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3630		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3631		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3632		University of New Brunswick.
3633	Portability:
3634		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3635			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3636			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3637		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3638			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3639		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
3640			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
3641			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3642		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3643			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
3644			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3645	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3646		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3647	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3648		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3649	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3650		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3651		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
3652		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3653		Institute.
3654	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3655		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
3656		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3657	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3658		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3659	Renamed Files:
3660		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3661
36628.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
3663	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3664		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
3665		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
3666		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3667		Schools" project (IdS).
3668	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3669		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3670		be enabled by compiling with:
3671		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3672		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
3673		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3674	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3675		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3676	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3677		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3678		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3679		Colby College.
3680	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3681		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3682	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3683		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3684		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3685		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3686	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3687		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3688		NxNetworks, Inc.
3689	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3690		client name.
3691	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3692		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3693		the Universitat Regensburg.
3694	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3695		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3696		University of Arizona.
3697	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3698		of Collective Technologies.
3699	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3700		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3701		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3702		Engineering.
3703	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3704		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3705		Meteorological Institute.
3706	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
3707		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3708	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3709		Meteorological Institute.
3710	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
3711		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3712		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
3713		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3714	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3715		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3716		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3717	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3718		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3719		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3720	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3721		overall connections, not the number of connections per
3722		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
3723		counting.
3724	Portability:
3725		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3726			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
3727			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3728		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3729			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3730		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
3731			Rosenman.
3732		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
3733			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3734		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3735			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3736			of Pacific Access.
3737		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
3738			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3739		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3740			Microsystems.
3741	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3742		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3743		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3744	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blocklist server for
3745		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3746	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3747		implicitly assume canonical host names.
3748	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
3749		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3750	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3751		Virginia Tech.
3752	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3753		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
3754		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3755	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3756	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
3757		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3758		gmbh.
3759	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
3760		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3761	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3762		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3763		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3764		of Kyoto University.
3765	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
3766		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3767		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3768		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
3769		version.
3770	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3771		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3772		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3773	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3774	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3775		or *-owner.
3776	New Files:
3777		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
3778		contrib/buildvirtuser
3779		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
3780
37818.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
3782	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3783		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3784	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3785		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
3786		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3787		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3788		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3789	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3790		wildcards.
3791	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3792		process may close the connection before the child process
3793		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3794		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3795		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3796	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3797		read the LDAP secret from a file.
3798	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3799		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3800		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3801		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3802	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3803		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3804		of EarthLink.
3805	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3806	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3807		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
3808		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3809	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
3810		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3811	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3812		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
3813		Fournier of Acadia University.
3814	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3815		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
3816		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3817		one of the others may be able to take over.
3818	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3819		previous load average query result.
3820	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3821		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3822		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
3823		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3824	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3825		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3826	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3827		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
3828		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3829	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3830		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3831	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3832		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
3833		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3834	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
3835		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3836	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3837		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3838		University of British Columbia.
3839	Portability:
3840		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3841			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3842			override the setting.  Suggested by
3843			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3844		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3845			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
3846			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3847		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3848			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3849			College.
3850		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
3851			Tom Moore of NCR.
3852		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
3853			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3854		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
3855			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
3856			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3857		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3858			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3859			Consulting.
3860	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3861		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3862	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3863		errors in the MAIL address.
3864	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
3865		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3866	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3867		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3868	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3869		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
3870		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
3871		Ericsson.
3872	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3873		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3874		mailer as described in cf/README.
3875	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3876		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3877	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3878		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3879	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3880		sendmail.
3881	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3882		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3883		Meteorological Institute.
3884	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3885	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3886		dot as the only character on the line.
3887	New Files:
3888		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3889
38908.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
3891	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3892		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3893		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3894		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
3895		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3896		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
3897		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3898	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3899		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
3900		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3901		Systems in this category should compile with
3902		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3903		system and report broken implementations to
3904		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
3905		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3906	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3907		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3908		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3909	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3910		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3911		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
3912		cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3913	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3914		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3915		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
3916		in cf/README and doc/op/op.me.
3917	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3918		random data.
3919	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3920		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3921		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3922	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3923		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
3924		Martin of CMU.
3925	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3926		strength factor.
3927	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3928		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
3929		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
3930		of CMU.
3931	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3932		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3933		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3934	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
3935		documented, unless a family is specified in a
3936		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
3937		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3938		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3939		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3940		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
3941		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3942	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3943		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3944		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3945		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3946		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
3947		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3948	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3949		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
3950		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
3951		of Sun Microsystems.
3952	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3953		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3954		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
3955		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3956		the incoming information in the queue file for later
3957		delivery attempts.
3958	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3959		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3960		smoe.org.
3961	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3962		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
3963		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3964	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3965		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3966	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3967		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3968		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
3969		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3970	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3971		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
3972		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3973	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3974		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3975		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3976		of Northern Illinois University.
3977	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
3978		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3979	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3980		to kilobyte units.
3981	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3982		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3983		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3984		Polytechnic.
3985	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3986		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3987		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
3988		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3989	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3990		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3991		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3992	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3993		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3994	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3995		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3996		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3997	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3998		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3999		G. Thomas Consulting.
4000	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
4001		port number (113).
4002	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
4003		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4004	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
4005		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
4006		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4007	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
4008		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
4009		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
4010		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
4011	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
4012		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
4013		University of Mainz.
4014	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
4015		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
4016	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
4017		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4018	Portability:
4019		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
4020			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
4021			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
4022		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
4023		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
4024			work properly causing problems if the accept()
4025			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
4026			from Tom Moore of NCR.
4027		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
4028			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
4029		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
4030			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
4031			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
4032			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
4033			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4034	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
4035		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4036	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4037		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
4038		confCACERT			CACERTFile
4039		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
4040		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
4041		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
4042		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
4043		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
4044		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
4045	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
4046		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
4047		cf/README for more information.
4048	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
4049	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
4050		called due to a STARTTLS command.
4051	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
4052		instead of temporary.
4053	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
4054		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
4055		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
4056		Consulting.
4057	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
4058		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
4059		RootsWeb.com.
4060	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
4061		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
4062		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
4063		University of Maryland.
4064	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
4065		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4066	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
4067		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
4068		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
4069		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
4070		of the University of Alberta.
4071	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
4072		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
4073	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
4074	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
4075		of X.509 certificates.
4076	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
4077		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
4078		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
4079		Universitat Regensburg.
4080	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
4081		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4082	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
4083		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4084	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
4085		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4086	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
4087		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
4088		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4089	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
4090		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
4091	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
4092		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
4093		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
4094		University.
4095	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
4096	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
4097		links.
4098	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
4099		reported.
4100	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
4101		Denman Tire Corporation.
4102	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
4103		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
4104	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
4105	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
4106		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
4107	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
4108		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
4109	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
4110		have a From line.
4111	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
4112		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
4113	New Files:
4114		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
4115		contrib/cidrexpand
4116		contrib/link_hash.sh
4117		contrib/movemail.conf
4118		contrib/movemail.pl
4119		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
4120		test/t_snprintf.c
4121
41228.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
4123	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
4124		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
4125		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
4126		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
4127		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
4128	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
4129		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
4130	New Files:
4131		test/t_setuid.c
4132
41338.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
4134	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
4135		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
4136		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
4137		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
4138		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
4139		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
4140	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
4141		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
4142	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
4143	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
4144		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
4145		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4146	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
4147		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
4148		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4149	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
4150		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
4151	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
4152	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
4153		or higher.
4154	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
4155		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
4156	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
4157	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
4158		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
4159		Polytechnic Institute.
4160	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
4161		discards the message.
4162	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
4163		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
4164		attempted to the alias.
4165	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
4166		flag options.
4167	Portability:
4168		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
4169			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
4170			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
4171			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
4172			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4173		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
4174			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
4175		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
4176			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
4177		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
4178		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
4179			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
4180		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
4181			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
4182			Services, LLC.
4183		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
4184			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
4185			Courtesan Consulting.
4186		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
4187			Siemens Business Services.
4188	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
4189		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
4190		of WSRCC.
4191	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
4192	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
4193		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
4194	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
4195		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
4196	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
4197	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
4198		of NEC.
4199	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
4200		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4201	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
4202		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
4203		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
4204		Virginia Tech.
4205	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
4206		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
4207		University.
4208	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
4209		for other internal projects but included in the open source
4210		release.
4211	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
4212		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
4213		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
4214		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
4215	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
4216		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
4217		Sendmail.
4218	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
4219		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
4220		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4221	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
4222		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
4223	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
4224		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
4225		Northern Illinois University.
4226	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
4227		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
4228		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
4229		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4230	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
4231		Polytechnique de Montreal.
4232	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
4233		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
4234		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
4235	New Files:
4236		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
4237		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
4238	Deleted Files:
4239		contrib/converting.sun.configs
4240	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
4241		doc/intro
4242		doc/usenix
4243		doc/changes
4244
42458.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
4246	    *************************************************************
4247	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
4248	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
4249	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
4250	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
4251	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
4252	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
4253	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
4254	    * coach, and a friend.					*
4255	    *								*
4256	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
4257	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
4258	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
4259	    *************************************************************
4260	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
4261		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
4262		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
4263		symbolic link target.
4264	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
4265		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
4266		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4267	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
4268		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
4269		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
4270		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
4271		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4272		version of sendmail.
4273	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
4274		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
4275		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
4276		(IdS).
4277	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
4278		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
4279	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
4280		for easier code sharing among the programs.
4281	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
4282		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
4283		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
4284		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
4285		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
4286		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
4287	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
4288		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
4289		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
4290		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4291	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4292		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
4293		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4294	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
4295		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
4296		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4297	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
4298		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
4299		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
4300		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
4301		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
4302		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
4303	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
4304		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
4305		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
4306	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
4307		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
4308		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
4309		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
4310		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
4311		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
4312	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
4313		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4314		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
4315		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
4316	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
4317		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
4318		accordingly.
4319	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
4320		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
4321		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
4322		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
4323		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
4324		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
4325		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
4326	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
4327		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
4328		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
4329		InCert Software.
4330	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
4331		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
4332		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
4333	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
4334		a control socket request.
4335	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
4336		settings:
4337		Timeout.resolver.retrans
4338			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4339			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4340			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
4341		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4342			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4343			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4344		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4345			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
4346			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
4347			delivery attempt.
4348		Timeout.resolver.retry
4349			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4350			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4351			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
4352		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4353			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4354			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
4355		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4356			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
4357			query for all resolver lookups except the first
4358			delivery attempt.
4359		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4360	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
4361		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
4362		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
4363		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
4364		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
4365		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
4366		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
4367		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
4368		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
4369		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4370	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
4371		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
4372		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
4373		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
4374		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
4375		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
4376		Telecommunications Ltd.
4377	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
4378		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
4379		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
4380		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
4381		Inc.
4382	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
4383		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
4384		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4385	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
4386		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4387	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
4388		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
4389		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
4390	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
4391		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
4392	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
4393	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
4394		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
4395		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
4396	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
4397		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
4398		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4399	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
4400		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
4401		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
4402		Ltd.
4403	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
4404		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
4405		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
4406		example mailer might be:
4407			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
4408				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4409				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4410		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4411	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
4412		instead.
4413	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4414		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4415		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4416		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4417	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4418		flags.
4419	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4420		body of the original message on delivery status
4421		notifications.
4422	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
4423		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4424	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4425		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
4426		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4427	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
4428		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
4429		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4430	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
4431		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4432		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
4433		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4434	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
4435		Conwell of Boston University.
4436	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
4437		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4438	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4439		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4440		@Home Network.
4441	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4442		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
4443		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4444	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4445		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4446		similar to check_rcpt etc.
4447	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4448		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4449		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4450		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4451		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4452	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4453		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
4454		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4455	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4456		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
4457		Mathias Herberts.
4458	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4459		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4460		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4461		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4462		in check_compat).
4463	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4464		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4465		option.
4466	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4467	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4468		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4469	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4470		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4471	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4472	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4473		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4474	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4475		is set.
4476	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4477		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4478	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4479		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
4480		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4481	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4482	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4483	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4484		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
4485		a denial-of-service attack.
4486	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4487		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
4488		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4489		overflow attacks.
4490	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4491		alias recursion.
4492	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4493	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4494	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4495		directly before the newline.
4496	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4497		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4498		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
4499		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4500		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4501		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
4502		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4503		could not be opened.
4504	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
4505		value of this option is macro expanded.
4506	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4507		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4508	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4509		(along with the already existing macros):
4510		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
4511		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4512		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4513		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4514		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4515		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
4516		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4517	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4518		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4519		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
4520		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4521		loopback net.
4522	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4523		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4524		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4525	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4526		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4527		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
4528		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4529		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4530	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
4531		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4532		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
4533		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4534		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4535	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4536		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4537		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
4538		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4539	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4540		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4541		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
4542		Ericsson.
4543	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4544		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
4545		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
4546		of Ericsson.
4547	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4548		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
4549		of Renaissance Internet Services.
4550	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4551		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4552		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4553	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4554		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4555		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
4556		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4557	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4558		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
4559	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4560		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4561	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4562		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4563		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4564	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4565	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4566		equate name.
4567	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4568		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4569	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4570		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4571	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4572		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
4573		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
4574		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4575		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4576		David Cooley of Colby College.
4577	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4578		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
4579		already decided the message will be passed to another host
4580		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4581		Buckeridge Young Limited.
4582	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4583		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4584		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
4585		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
4586		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4587		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
4588		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4589		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
4590		of Stanford University.
4591	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
4592		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4593	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4594		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4595		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
4596		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
4597		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4598		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4599		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4600	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
4601		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4602		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
4603		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4604	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4605	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4606		attributes found in the match will be returned.
4607	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4608		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
4609		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4610		comma separated key and value strings.
4611	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4612		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4613		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4614		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4615		a single connection to that host.
4616	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4617	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4618		LDAP lookups.
4619	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4620		resources.
4621	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4622	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4623	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
4624		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4625		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4626		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
4627		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4628		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4629		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4630		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4631		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4632		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4633		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4634		with the name "*".
4635	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4636		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4637		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4638		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4639		matches to return.
4640	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4641		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
4642		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
4643		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4644		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4645		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4646		are defined.
4647	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4648		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4649		Tech.
4650	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
4651		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4652		important if you have large classes.
4653	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4654		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
4655		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4656	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4657		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4658		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4659		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4660		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
4661		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4662	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4663		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
4664		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4665		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4666		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
4667		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4668		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
4669		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4670	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4671		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4672		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4673		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
4674		has no effect.
4675	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4676		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4677	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
4678		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4679	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4680		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4681	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4682		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4683	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4684		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4685		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
4686		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4687		connection-based denial of service attacks.
4688	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4689		10 or higher.
4690	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4691		information (from= syslog line).
4692	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4693		equate (dsn=).
4694	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4695	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4696		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
4697		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4698	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4699		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4700		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4701	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
4702		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4703	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4704		the program as the default user and the default group, not
4705		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
4706		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4707		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
4708		Popovici of DNT Romania.
4709	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4710		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
4711		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4712	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4713		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4714		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4715	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4716		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4717		helpful to know the sender of the message.
4718	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4719		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4720	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4721		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4722		multiple files.
4723	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4724		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4725		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4726		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4727		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4728		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
4729		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4730		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
4731		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4732	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4733		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4734	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4735		length before the attempt.
4736	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4737		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
4738		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4739		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
4740		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4741	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4742		host status files, not all files.
4743	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4744		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4745		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4746		Wonderworks Inc.
4747	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4748		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
4749		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4750		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4751		of Hannover.
4752	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
4753		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4754		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4755		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
4756		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4757		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4758	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4759		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4760		flag:
4761			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4762		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4763		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4764		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4765	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4766		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
4767		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4768		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
4769		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4770		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4771		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4772	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4773		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
4774		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4775		version.
4776	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4777	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4778	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4779		if referencing a named ruleset.
4780	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4781		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4782	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4783		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
4784		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
4785		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4786		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
4787		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
4788		the University of Maryland.
4789	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4790		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4791	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4792		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
4793	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4794		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4795		COMMANDS).
4796	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4797		but for outgoing connections.
4798	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4799		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4800			a	require authentication
4801			b	bind to interface through which mail has
4802				been received
4803			c	perform hostname canonification
4804			f	require fully qualified hostname
4805			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4806				command
4807			C	don't perform hostname canonification
4808			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4809	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4810			h	use name of interface for HELO command
4811	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4812	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4813		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4814		Institutes of Health.
4815	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4816		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4817	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4818	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
4819		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4820	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4821	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4822		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4823	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4824		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4825	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4826		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
4827		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4828	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4829		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4830		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4831	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4832	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4833		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4834		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4835	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4836		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
4837		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4838		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
4839		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4840	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4841		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4842		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4843		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4844		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4845		timeout.
4846	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4847		interface address structure when loading the system network
4848		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4849		Nanoteq.
4850	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4851		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4852		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
4853		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
4854		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4855	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4856		on load average.
4857	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4858		Northern Illinois University.
4859	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4860		envelope splitting has occurred.
4861	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4862		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4863	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4864	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4865		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4866		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4867		Institute.
4868	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4869		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
4870		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4871	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4872		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4873		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
4874		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4875	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4876		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4877	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4878		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4879	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4880		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4881	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
4882		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4883	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4884		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4885		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4886		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4887	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4888		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4889	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
4890		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4891	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4892		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4893		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4894		University.
4895	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4896		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4897		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4898	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4899		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
4900		ruleset lines as well.
4901	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4902		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4903		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
4904		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4905		Institute.
4906	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4907		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4908		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4909	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4910		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4911		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4912		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4913	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4914		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4915		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4916		of Ericsson.
4917	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4918		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4919		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4920		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4921	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4922		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4923		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
4924		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4925		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4926	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4927		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4928		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
4929		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4930	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4931		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
4932		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4933		University.
4934	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4935		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4936		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4937		'sendmail -bs'.
4938	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4939		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4940		them in the .cf file.
4941	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4942		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4943		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4944		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4945	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4946		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4947	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4948		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
4949		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4950	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4951		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4952		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
4953		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
4954		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4955	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
4956		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4957	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4958		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
4959		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4960	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
4961		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4962	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4963		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4964		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
4965	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4966		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
4967		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4968	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4969		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
4970		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
4971		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4972	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4973		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
4974		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
4975		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4976		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
4977		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4978	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4979		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
4980		misconfigured firewalls block 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4981		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
4982		don't fail on ANY queries.
4983	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4984		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4985		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4986		Northern Illinois University.
4987	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4988		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4989		State University.
4990	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4991		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4992		Northern Illinois University.
4993	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4994		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4995	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4996	Portability:
4997		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4998			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4999			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
5000			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
5001			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5002		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
5003			This allows network interface probing to work
5004			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
5005			University of Iowa.
5006		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
5007		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
5008			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
5009			name.
5010		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
5011		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
5012			Virginia Tech.
5013		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
5014		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
5015			Amsterdam.
5016		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
5017		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
5018			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
5019		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
5020			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
5021			in building the operating system.  Users can
5022			override the defaults by setting confCC and
5023			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
5024		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
5025		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
5026		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
5027			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
5028		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
5029			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
5030		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
5031			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
5032		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
5033			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
5034		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
5035			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5036		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
5037			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
5038			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
5039		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
5040		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
5041			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
5042			use that value in conf.h.
5043		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
5044			BITart Consulting.
5045		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
5046			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
5047			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
5048			Computer, Inc.
5049		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
5050			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
5051			of E I A.
5052		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
5053			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
5054		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
5055			fchown(2).
5056		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
5057			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
5058		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
5059			srandomdev(3).
5060		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
5061			setlogin(2).
5062		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
5063			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
5064			Siemens Business Services.
5065		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
5066			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
5067			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
5068		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
5069			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
5070		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
5071			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
5072			Aerospace.
5073		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
5074			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
5075			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
5076		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
5077			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
5078			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
5079			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
5080			University.
5081		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
5082			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
5083			Technology Information Network.
5084		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
5085			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
5086		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5087		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
5088			and OpenBSD.
5089		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
5090			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
5091			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
5092			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5093	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
5094		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
5095		details.
5096	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
5097		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
5098	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
5099	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
5100		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
5101		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
5102	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
5103		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
5104		Courtesan Consulting.
5105	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
5106	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
5107		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
5108		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
5109	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
5110		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
5111		multiple times.
5112	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
5113		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
5114		with From:).
5115	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
5116		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
5117	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
5118		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
5119		new functionality.
5120	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
5121		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
5122		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
5123		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
5124		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
5125		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
5126		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
5127		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
5128		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
5129		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
5130		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
5131		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
5132		confPID_FILE			PidFile
5133		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
5134		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
5135		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
5136		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
5137		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
5138		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
5139		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
5140		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
5141		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
5142		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
5143		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
5144	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
5145		which takes the options as argument and can be used
5146		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
5147	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
5148		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
5149		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
5150		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
5151		to "IPC $h".
5152	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
5153		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
5154		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
5155	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
5156		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
5157		value should be changed with care.
5158	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
5159		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
5160	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
5161		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
5162		complain.
5163	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
5164		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
5165		of Q7 Enterprises.
5166	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
5167		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
5168		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
5169		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
5170	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
5171		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
5172		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
5173		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
5174		of Northern Illinois University.
5175	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
5176		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
5177		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
5178	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
5179		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
5180		in it.
5181	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
5182		in class 'P' ($=P).
5183	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
5184		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
5185		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
5186		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
5187		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
5188		is added.
5189	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
5190		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
5191	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
5192		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
5193	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
5194		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
5195	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
5196		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
5197	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
5198		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
5199	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
5200		Hubert of University of Washington.
5201	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
5202		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
5203		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
5204	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
5205	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
5206		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
5207		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
5208	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
5209		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
5210		Services.
5211	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
5212		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
5213		Aerospace.
5214	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
5215		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
5216		University and Brian Candler.
5217	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
5218		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5219	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
5220		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5221		Institute.
5222	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
5223		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
5224	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
5225		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
5226		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
5227	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
5228		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
5229	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
5230		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
5231		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5232	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
5233		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
5234		Willamette Industries, Inc.
5235	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
5236		converted to <user@d>
5237	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
5238		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
5239	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
5240		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
5241		performed.
5242	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
5243		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
5244		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5245		Institute.
5246	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
5247		be accessed by their numbers).
5248	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
5249		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
5250		of an address.
5251	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
5252		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
5253		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
5254		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
5255	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
5256		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
5257		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
5258	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
5259		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
5260	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
5261	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
5262		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5263		Institute.
5264	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
5265	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
5266		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
5267		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
5268		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
5269	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
5270		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
5271		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
5272	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
5273		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
5274	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
5275		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5276	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
5277		University of California at Berkeley.
5278	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
5279		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
5280	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
5281		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
5282	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5283		Corporation UK.
5284	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
5285	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
5286		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
5287		Yale University.
5288	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
5289		be used for building.
5290	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
5291		used for a fresh build.
5292	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
5293	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
5294		ranlib.
5295	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
5296		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
5297	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
5298		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
5299		Costales.
5300	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
5301		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
5302		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
5303		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
5304	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
5305		of Siemens Business Services.
5306	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
5307		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
5308		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
5309		torek.
5310	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
5311		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
5312		They should contain the C source files for the object files
5313		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
5314		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
5315	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
5316		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
5317		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
5318		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
5319		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
5320	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
5321		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
5322		are in devtools/README.
5323	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
5324		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
5325	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
5326		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
5327		new variable which identifies the root of the source
5328		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
5329	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
5330		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
5331		macro.
5332	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
5333	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
5334		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
5335		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
5336		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
5337		Corporation.
5338	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
5339		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
5340		confMANROOTMAN.
5341	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
5342		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
5343		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
5344	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
5345		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
5346		Communications.
5347	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
5348		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
5349	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
5350		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
5351		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
5352	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
5353		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
5354		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
5355	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
5356		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
5357		install-strip target.
5358	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
5359		the others (if it exists).
5360	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
5361		then the default ones.
5362	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
5363		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
5364		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
5365		to set the S flag.
5366	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
5367		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
5368		Northern Illinois University.
5369	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
5370		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
5371		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5372	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
5373		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
5374		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5375		University.
5376	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
5377		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
5378		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5379		University.
5380	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
5381		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
5382		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
5383		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
5384		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
5385		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
5386		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
5387		University.
5388	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
5389		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
5390		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5391	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
5392		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
5393		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
5394		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
5395		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
5396		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transferred it to the
5397		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
5398		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
5399		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
5400		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
5401		Alcatel Australia Limited.
5402	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
5403		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
5404		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5405	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
5406		timeout to avoid starvation.
5407	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
5408		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5409		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5410	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5411	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5412		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5413		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5414		of Maryland.
5415	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5416		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5417		sendmail configuration file.
5418	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5419		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5420		option.
5421	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
5422		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5423	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
5424		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5425	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
5426		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5427	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5428		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5429	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5430		Corporation UK.
5431	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5432		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5433		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
5434		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5435	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5436		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5437		Institute for Global Communications.
5438	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5439		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
5440		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5441	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5442		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
5443		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5444	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
5445		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5446		of the Institute for Global Communications.
5447	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
5448		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5449	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5450	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
5451		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5452	Changed Files:
5453		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5454			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
5455			which execute the actual Build script in
5456			devtools/bin.
5457		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5458			-mandoc as they were previously.
5459		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5460			of Build will work (unless parameters are
5461			required for Build).
5462	New Directories:
5463		devtools/M4/UNIX
5464		include
5465		libmilter
5466		libsmdb
5467		libsmutil
5468		vacation
5469	Renamed Directories:
5470		BuildTools => devtools
5471		src => sendmail
5472	Deleted Files:
5473		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
5474		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5475		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5476		devtools/OS/SINIX
5477		sendmail/ldap_map.h
5478	New Files:
5479		INSTALL
5480		PGPKEYS
5481		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5482		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5483		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5484		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
5485		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5486		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5487		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5488		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5489		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
5490		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
5491		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
5492		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5493		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5494		contrib/domainmap.m4
5495		contrib/qtool.8
5496		contrib/qtool.pl
5497		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5498		devtools/M4/list.m4
5499		devtools/M4/string.m4
5500		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5501		devtools/M4/switch.m4
5502		devtools/OS/Darwin
5503		devtools/OS/GNU
5504		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5505		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5506		devtools/OS/m88k
5507		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5508		mail.local/Makefile
5509		mailstats/Makefile
5510		makemap/Makefile
5511		praliases/Makefile
5512		rmail/Makefile
5513		sendmail/Makefile
5514		sendmail/bf.h
5515		sendmail/bf_portable.c
5516		sendmail/bf_portable.h
5517		sendmail/bf_torek.c
5518		sendmail/bf_torek.h
5519		sendmail/shmticklib.c
5520		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5521		sendmail/timers.c
5522		sendmail/timers.h
5523		smrsh/Makefile
5524		vacation/Makefile
5525	Renamed Files:
5526		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5527		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5528		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5529		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5530		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5531		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5532		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5533		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5534		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5535	Copied Files:
5536		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5537
55388.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
5539	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5540		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5541		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5542		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5543		Schools" project (IdS).
5544	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5545		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
5546		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
5547		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5548	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5549		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
5550		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
5551		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5552	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5553		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5554		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5555		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5556	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5557		ExecPC Internet Systems.
5558	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5559		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5560		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5561		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
5562		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5563		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5564	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5565		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
5566		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5567		Hedeland of Ericsson.
5568	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5569		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5570		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5571		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5572	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5573		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5574	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5575		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
5576		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5577		group of the IETF.
5578	Portability:
5579		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5580			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
5581			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5582			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
5583			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
5584			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5585			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5586			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5587			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5588			Technical University of Denmark.
5589		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5590			Supercomputer Center.
5591		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5592			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5593			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5594			of Stanford University.
5595		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5596			between different releases.  Back out the
5597			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5598			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5599			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5600			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5601		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5602			of Siemens/SNI.
5603		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5604	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5605		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5606		University of Brno.
5607	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5608		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
5609		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5610	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5611		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
5612		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5613	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
5614		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5615	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5616		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5617		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5618	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5619		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5620		MIDS Europe.
5621	New Files:
5622		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5623		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5624		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5625
56268.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
5627	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5628		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
5629		for a denial of service attack.
5630	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5631		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5632	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5633		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5634		Corporation UK.
5635	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5636		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5637	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5638		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5639	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5640		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
5641		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5642		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5643		Internet Services.
5644	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5645		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5646		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5647		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5648	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5649		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5650		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5651	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
5652		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5653	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5654		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5655		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5656	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5657		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5658		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5659	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5660		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5661		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5662		Internet Services.
5663	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5664		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
5665		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5666	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5667		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5668		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
5669		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5670		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
5671		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5672		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5673		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5674		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5675		extended testing.
5676	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5677		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5678	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5679		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5680		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5681		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5682	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5683		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5684		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5685		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5686		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5687	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
5688		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5689		Network.
5690	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
5691		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5692	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5693		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5694		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
5695		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
5696		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5697	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5698		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
5699		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5700	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
5701		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5702	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5703		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
5704		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5705		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
5706		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5707	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5708		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5709		Meteorological Institute.
5710	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5711	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
5712		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5713	Portability:
5714		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5715		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5716			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
5717			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5718		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5719			reading network interface addresses into
5720			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
5721			Cal State University, Chico.
5722		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5723			from changing the semantics of the compiled
5724			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
5725			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5726		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
5727			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5728		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5729		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
5730			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5731		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5732		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5733			of Sun Microsystems.
5734		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
5735			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5736		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
5737			of Bits Co., Ltd.
5738		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
5739			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5740		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
5741			of E I A.
5742		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5743			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5744			Information Center.
5745		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5746			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5747			Institute.
5748		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
5749			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5750	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5751		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
5752		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5753	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5754		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5755		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
5756		Manawatu Internet Services.
5757	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5758		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5759		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
5760		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5761		of Northern Illinois University.
5762	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
5763		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5764		Kiel.
5765	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5766		Dot Com.
5767	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
5768		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5769		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5770	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5771		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5772		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5773		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5774		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5775		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5776	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5777		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5778	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
5779		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5780	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
5781		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5782	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5783		the envelope From header.
5784	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5785		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5786	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5787		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5788	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5789		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5790		Portal Services, Inc.
5791	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5792		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
5793		Sun Microsystems.
5794	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5795	New Files:
5796		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5797		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5798		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5799		contrib/smcontrol.pl
5800		src/control.c
5801
58028.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
5803	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5804		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5805		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5806		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5807	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5808		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5809		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5810		Meteorological Institute.
5811	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5812		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
5813		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5814	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5815		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
5816		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
5817		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5818	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5819		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5820	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5821		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5822	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5823		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5824		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5825	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5826		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5827		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5828		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5829	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5830		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
5831		Flextech TV.
5832	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5833		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
5834		DaveLtd Enterprises.
5835	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5836		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
5837		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5838		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5839	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
5840		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5841	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
5842		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5843	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5844		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5845		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5846	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5847		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5848		University.
5849	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5850		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
5851		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5852		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5853		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5854		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5855	Portability:
5856		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5857			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5858			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5859			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5860		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
5861			of BSDI.
5862		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
5863			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5864			PICT Inc.
5865		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
5866			J. P. McCann of E I A.
5867		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
5868			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
5869	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5870		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5871		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5872		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5873	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5874		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5875		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5876	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5877		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
5878		would not accept @@hostname.
5879	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5880		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5881	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5882		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
5883		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5884	New Files:
5885		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5886
58878.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
5888	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5889		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5890		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5891		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
5892		which need the ability to override security can use the
5893		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
5894		information.
5895	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5896		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5897		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5898		world writable directories.
5899	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5900		it is in a world writable directory.
5901	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5902		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5903		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
5904		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5905		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5906	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5907		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5908		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5909	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5910		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5911		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
5912		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5913		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5914		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
5915		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5916		default.
5917	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5918		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5919		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5920		the University of Maryland.
5921	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
5922		of Cal State University, Chico.
5923	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
5924		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5925		current version of Berkeley DB.
5926	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5927		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5928	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5929		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5930		of Maryland.
5931	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5932		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5933		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
5934		Microsystems.
5935	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5936		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5937		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
5938		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5939	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5940		mail.local on the F=z flag.
5941	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
5942		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5943		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
5944		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5945	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5946		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5947		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5948		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5949		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5950	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5951		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5952		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5953		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5954	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5955		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
5956		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5957	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
5958		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5959		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5960	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5961		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5962		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
5963		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5964		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5965		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5966		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
5967		relaying entirely.
5968	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5969		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5970		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5971		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5972	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
5973		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5974		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5975		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5976	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5977		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
5978		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5979		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5980		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5981	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5982		sender for those failures.
5983	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5984		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5985		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5986		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
5987		of Ericsson.
5988	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5989		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5990		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5991		of Procter & Gamble.
5992	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5993		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5994		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5995		of Procter & Gamble.
5996	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
5997		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5998		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
5999		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
6000		DontBlameSendmail options are:
6001			Safe
6002			AssumeSafeChown
6003			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
6004			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
6005			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
6006			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
6007			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
6008			GroupWritableAliasFile
6009			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
6010			WorldWritableAliasFile
6011			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
6012			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
6013			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
6014			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
6015			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
6016			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
6017			MapInUnsafeDirPath
6018			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
6019			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
6020			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
6021			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
6022			LinkedMapInWritableDir
6023			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
6024			FileDeliveryToHardLink
6025			FileDeliveryToSymLink
6026			WriteMapToHardLink
6027			WriteMapToSymLink
6028			WriteStatsToHardLink
6029			WriteStatsToSymLink
6030			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
6031			RunWritableProgram
6032	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
6033		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
6034		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
6035		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
6036		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
6037	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
6038		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
6039	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
6040		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
6041	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
6042	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
6043		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
6044		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
6045		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
6046		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
6047	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
6048		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
6049		contrast to the success case).
6050	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
6051		of the form:
6052			HHeader: $>Ruleset
6053		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
6054		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
6055		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
6056	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
6057		from hiding their connection information in Received:
6058		headers.
6059	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
6060		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
6061		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
6062		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
6063	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
6064		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
6065		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
6066		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
6067		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
6068		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
6069	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
6070		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
6071		remote identity can be queried.
6072	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
6073		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
6074		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
6075		Hedeland of Ericsson.
6076	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
6077		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
6078		some of the details are determined dynamically via
6079		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
6080	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
6081		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
6082		the new Build method which creates an operating system
6083		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
6084	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
6085		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6086		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
6087		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
6088		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
6089		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
6090	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
6091		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
6092		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
6093		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
6094		This means that even if only one of the recipients
6095		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
6096		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
6097	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
6098		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
6099		of CNET: The Computer Network.
6100	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
6101	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
6102		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6103	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
6104		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
6105	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
6106		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
6107		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
6108		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
6109	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
6110		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
6111		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
6112		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
6113	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
6114		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
6115		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
6116	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
6117		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
6118		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
6119		Institute.
6120	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
6121		mail.local.
6122	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
6123		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
6124		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
6125	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
6126		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
6127		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6128	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
6129		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
6130		of InfoBeat, Inc.
6131	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
6132		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
6133	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
6134		mailstats command.
6135	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
6136		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
6137		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6138	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
6139		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
6140		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
6141		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6142	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
6143		Ericsson.
6144	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
6145		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
6146		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
6147		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
6148	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
6149		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
6150		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
6151		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
6152		Stratus Computer, Inc.
6153	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
6154		currently supported version.
6155	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
6156		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6157	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
6158		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
6159		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
6160		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6161	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
6162		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
6163		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
6164		message in error bounces.
6165	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
6166		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
6167		Digital Equipment Corporation.
6168	Portability:
6169		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
6170			of Kyoto University.
6171		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
6172			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
6173			Maryland.
6174		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
6175		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
6176			in Finland.
6177		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
6178			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6179			the University of Maryland.
6180		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
6181			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
6182		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6183			Meteorological Institute.
6184		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
6185			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
6186		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
6187		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
6188		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
6189		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
6190			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
6191			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
6192			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
6193			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
6194		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
6195			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6196		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
6197			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
6198			Microsystems.
6199	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
6200	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
6201		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
6202		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
6203	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
6204		directory for certain programs.
6205	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
6206		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
6207		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
6208		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
6209		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
6210	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
6211		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
6212		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
6213		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
6214	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
6215		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
6216		the user to setup different .forward files for
6217		user+detail addressing.
6218	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
6219		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
6220		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
6221	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
6222		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
6223		outside your domain).
6224	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
6225		any site to any site.
6226	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
6227		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
6228	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
6229		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
6230	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
6231		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
6232		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
6233		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
6234		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
6235	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
6236		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
6237	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
6238		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
6239	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
6240		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
6241		host names only.
6242	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
6243		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
6244		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
6245		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
6246		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
6247		needed for most installations.
6248	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
6249		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
6250		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
6251		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
6252		the University of Maryland.
6253	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
6254		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
6255		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
6256	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
6257		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
6258		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
6259	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
6260		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
6261	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
6262		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
6263	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
6264		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
6265		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
6266		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
6267		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
6268	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
6269		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
6270		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
6271		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
6272		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
6273		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
6274		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
6275	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
6276		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
6277	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
6278		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
6279		above for more information.
6280	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
6281		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6282		Meteorological Institute.
6283	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUser (confDEF_USER_ID) to
6284		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
6285		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
6286		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
6287		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6288	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
6289		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
6290	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
6291		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
6292		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
6293		MustQuoteChars respectively.
6294	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
6295		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
6296		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
6297		CMU (now of Netscape).
6298	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
6299		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
6300		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
6301		read mail.local/README.
6302	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
6303		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
6304		University of Maryland.
6305	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
6306		University, Chico.
6307	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6308		Meteorological Institute.
6309	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
6310		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
6311		University of Maryland.
6312	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
6313		such as linked files in world writable directories.
6314	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
6315	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
6316	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
6317		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
6318		Braunschweig.
6319	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
6320		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
6321		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6322	Changed Files:
6323		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
6324			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
6325		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
6326	New Files:
6327		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
6328		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
6329		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
6330		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
6331		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
6332		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
6333		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
6334		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
6335		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
6336		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
6337		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
6338		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
6339		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
6340		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
6341		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
6342		BuildTools/OS/QNX
6343		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
6344		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
6345		BuildTools/README
6346		BuildTools/Site/README
6347		BuildTools/bin/Build
6348		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
6349		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
6350		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
6351		Makefile
6352		cf/cf/Build
6353		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
6354		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
6355		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
6356		cf/feature/access_db.m4
6357		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
6358		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
6359		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
6360		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
6361		cf/feature/rbl.m4
6362		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
6363		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
6364		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
6365		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
6366		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
6367		contrib/doublebounce.pl
6368		mail.local/Build
6369		mail.local/Makefile.m4
6370		mail.local/README
6371		mailstats/Build
6372		mailstats/Makefile.m4
6373		makemap/Build
6374		makemap/Makefile.m4
6375		praliases/Build
6376		praliases/Makefile.m4
6377		rmail/Build
6378		rmail/Makefile.m4
6379		rmail/rmail.0
6380		smrsh/Build
6381		smrsh/Makefile.m4
6382		src/Build
6383		src/Makefile.m4
6384		src/snprintf.c
6385	Deleted Files:
6386		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
6387		mail.local/Makefile
6388		mail.local/Makefile.dist
6389		mailstats/Makefile
6390		mailstats/Makefile.dist
6391		makemap/Makefile
6392		makemap/Makefile.dist
6393		praliases/Makefile
6394		praliases/Makefile.dist
6395		rmail/Makefile
6396		smrsh/Makefile
6397		smrsh/Makefile.dist
6398		src/Makefile
6399		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
6400		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
6401			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
6402		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
6403	Renamed Files:
6404		READ_ME => README
6405		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
6406		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
6407		src/READ_ME => src/README
6408
64098.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
6410	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6411		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6412		Meteorological Institute.
6413	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6414		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
6415		Arseneault of SRI International.
6416	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6417		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6418		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6419	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6420		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6421	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6422		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
6423		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
6424		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6425	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6426		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6427		River Systems.
6428	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6429		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6430		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6431		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6432		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6433	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6434		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6435		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6436		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
6437		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6438	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6439		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6440		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6441		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6442	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6443	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
6444		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6445	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6446		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
6447		results during a single message processing (but would
6448		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
6449		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6450	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6451		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6452		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6453	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6454		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6455		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6456		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6457	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6458		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
6459		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6460		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6461	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6462		and the inability to save a bounce message to
6463		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6464		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6465		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6466		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6467		Associates.
6468	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
6469		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6470		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6471		could cause confusing error messages.
6472	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6473		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
6474		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6475		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6476		SuperNet, Inc.
6477	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
6478		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6479	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6480		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6481		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6482	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6483		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6484		dropped.
6485	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6486		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
6487		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6488	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6489		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6490		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6491	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6492		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6493		Institute.
6494	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6495		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6496		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6497		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6498	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6499		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6500		RUS University of Stuttgart.
6501	Minor lint fixes.
6502	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6503		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
6504		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
6505		of Stanford University.
6506	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6507		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
6508		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6509	Portability:
6510		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6511			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6512			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6513			Electronic Data Systems.
6514		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
6515			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6516		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6517		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6518			loader environment variables into the loader memory
6519			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
6520			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6521			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6522			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
6523			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6524		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6525			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6526			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
6527			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6528		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
6529			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6530		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
6531			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6532		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6533			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6534			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6535			Services.
6536		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6537			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6538		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6539			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
6540			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6541		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6542			Services VAS.
6543	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6544	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6545	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6546			Ericsson.
6547
65488.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
6549	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6550		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6551		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6552		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6553		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6554		GmbH.
6555	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6556		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
6557		of Technology, Stockholm.
6558	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6559		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6560		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6561		that these routines are included as though they were in the
6562		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6563	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6564		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6565		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6566		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6567	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6568		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
6569		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6570		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6571	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
6572		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6573		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
6574		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6575	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6576	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6577		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
6578		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6579	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6580		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6581		have to assume that the information is good.
6582	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6583		open or locked.
6584	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6585	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6586		errors during testing.
6587	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6588		printed in the error message.
6589	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6590		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6591	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6592		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6593		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6594	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6595		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6596		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6597	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6598		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
6599		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6600		runner runs during a critical section in another message
6601		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6602		Results Computing.
6603	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6604		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6605		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6606		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
6607		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6608	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6609		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6610		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6611		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6612		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6613		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6614		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6615		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6616		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
6617		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6618		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6619		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6620		simultaneously.
6621	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6622		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6623	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6624		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
6625		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6626	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6627		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6628		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
6629		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6630	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6631		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
6632		CSU Chico.
6633	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6634		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
6635		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6636		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6637	Portability:
6638		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6639			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
6640			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6641			be used instead.
6642		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
6643			of Argonne National Laboratory.
6644		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6645		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6646		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
6647			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6648		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6649			in Makefiles.
6650		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6651			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6652		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6653			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6654			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6655			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6656			NCR Corp.
6657		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
6658			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6659		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
6660			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6661			Resource Network
6662		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6663			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6664			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
6665			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
6666			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6667			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6668		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6669			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6670			Corp.
6671		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6672			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
6673			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6674		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6675			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6676		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6677			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6678			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6679			PlainTalk.
6680	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6681		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
6682		by Harry Styron.
6683	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
6684		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6685	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6686	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6687		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6688		changed after open".
6689	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
6690		files.
6691	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6692	NEW FILES:
6693		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6694		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6695		test/t_exclopen.c
6696		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6697	DELETED FILES:
6698		Makefile
6699
67008.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
6701	    *************************************************************
6702	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
6703	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
6704	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
6705	    * continued sendmail development.				*
6706	    *************************************************************
6707	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6708		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6709		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
6710		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6711		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6712		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
6713		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6714		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
6715		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6716		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
6717		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6718		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6719		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
6720		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6721		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6722		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6723	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6724		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6725		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6726		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6727		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6728		another database; this can be used either to expose
6729		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6730		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6731		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
6732		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6733		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6734		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6735		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
6736		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6737		system directories.
6738	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6739		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6740		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
6741		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
6742		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6743		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6744		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6745	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6746		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6747		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6748		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6749		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6750		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6751		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6752		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6753		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6754		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6755		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6756		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6757		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6758		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
6759		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6760		NFS-mounted filesystems.
6761	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6762		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6763		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6764		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6765		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
6766		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6767	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6768		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
6769		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6770	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6771		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6772		same host).
6773	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6774		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
6775		from Theo de Raadt.
6776	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6777		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
6778		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6779	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6780		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6781		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6782	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6783		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
6784		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6785	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6786		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6787		Microsystems.
6788	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6789		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
6790		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6791	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6792		too large) don't send the bogus message.
6793	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6794		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
6795		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6796	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6797		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
6798		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6799	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6800		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
6801		Shapiro.
6802	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6803		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
6804		Sun Microsystems.
6805	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6806		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6807		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6808		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
6809		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
6810		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6811	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6812		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6813		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6814		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6815		Mercury Mail.
6816	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6817		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6818		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6819		Morgan Stanley.
6820	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6821		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6822		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
6823		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6824	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6825		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6826		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6827		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
6828		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6829		not be run.
6830	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6831		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6832		printing.
6833	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6834		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6835		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6836	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6837		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
6838	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6839	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6840		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
6841		erroneous results during a single message processing
6842		(but would recover when the next message was received).
6843	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6844		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
6845		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6846		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6847		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
6848		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6849		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6850	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6851		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6852		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6853		address as "may be forged".
6854	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6855		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6856		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6857	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6858		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6859		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
6860		of TwinCom.
6861	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6862		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6863		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6864		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6865	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6866		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6867		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6868	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6869		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6870		Institute.
6871	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6872		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
6873		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6874		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6875		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
6876		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6877		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6878		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6879	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6880		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
6881		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6882		book (2nd edition).
6883	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6884		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6885		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
6886		John Beck of SunSoft.
6887	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6888		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6889		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6890	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6891		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6892	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6893		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6894	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
6895		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6896	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
6897		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6898		returns.
6899	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6900		on some architectures.
6901	Portability:
6902		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6903		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6904			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
6905			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6906			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6907			of Washington.
6908		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6909			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6910			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6911		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6912		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6913		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6914		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6915			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6916			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
6917			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6918		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6919		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6920			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6921			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6922			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6923			Cambridge.
6924		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
6925			Kari Hurtta.
6926		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6927			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6928			IRIX Makefile).
6929		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6930			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6931	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6932		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
6933		Brian Candler.
6934	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6935		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6936		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6937	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6938		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6939		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6940	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6941		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
6942		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6943	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6944		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
6945		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6946	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6947		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6948		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6949	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6950		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6951		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6952		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6953		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6954	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6955		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6956		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
6957		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6958	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6959		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6960		was specified, even when it wasn't.
6961	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
6962	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6963		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6964		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
6965		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6966		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6967	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6968		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6969		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
6970		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6971		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6972		developers).
6973	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
6974		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
6975		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6976	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6977		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6978		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6979		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6980	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6981		NEXTSTEP.
6982	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6983		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6984		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
6985		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
6986		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6987	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
6988		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6989		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6990		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6991		for system accounts.
6992	NEW FILES:
6993		src/safefile.c
6994		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6995		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
6996		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6997		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6998		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6999	RENAMED FILES:
7000		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
7001		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
7002
70038.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
7004	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
7005		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
7006		even if RunAsUser is specified.
7007	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
7008		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
7009		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7010	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
7011		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
7012		University of Pennsylvania.
7013	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
7014		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
7015		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
7016		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
7017		was unnecessarily awful.
7018	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
7019		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
7020		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
7021	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
7022		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
7023		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
7024		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
7025		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
7026		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7027	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
7028		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7029	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
7030		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
7031		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7032	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
7033		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
7034		Semiconductor Corp.
7035	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
7036		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
7037		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
7038		at Austin.
7039	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
7040		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
7041		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
7042		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
7043		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7044	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
7045		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
7046		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
7047		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
7048		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
7049	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
7050		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
7051		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
7052		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
7053		Costales.
7054	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
7055		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
7056		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
7057		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
7058		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
7059	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
7060		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
7061		The current values and defaults are:
7062		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
7063		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
7064		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
7065		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
7066		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
7067	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
7068		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
7069		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
7070	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
7071		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7072	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
7073		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
7074		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
7075		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
7076		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
7077		Eric Hagberg.
7078	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
7079		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
7080		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
7081		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
7082	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
7083		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
7084		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
7085		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7086	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
7087		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
7088		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
7089		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
7090		Communications.
7091	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
7092		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
7093		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
7094		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7095	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
7096		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
7097	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
7098		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
7099	PORTABILITY:
7100		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
7101			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
7102		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
7103			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
7104		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7105		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
7106			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
7107			(Moscow).
7108		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
7109		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
7110		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
7111		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
7112		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
7113			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
7114	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
7115		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
7116		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
7117		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
7118		Received: line.
7119	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
7120		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
7121		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
7122		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
7123		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
7124		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
7125	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
7126		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
7127		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
7128		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
7129		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
7130		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
7131		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
7132		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
7133		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
7134		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
7135	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
7136		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
7137		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
7138		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
7139		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7140	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
7141		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
7142		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
7143	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
7144		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
7145		Long Beach.
7146
71478.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
7148	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
7149		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
7150		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
7151		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
7152		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
7153		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
7154		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
7155	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
7156		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
7157		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
7158		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
7159		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
7160		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
7161		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
7162		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
7163		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
7164	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
7165		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
7166		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7167	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
7168		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
7169		Problem noted by several people.
7170	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
7171		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
7172		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
7173		by several people.
7174	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
7175		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
7176	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
7177		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
7178		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
7179		of Best Internet Communications.
7180	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
7181		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
7182	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
7183		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
7184		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
7185		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
7186		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
7187	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
7188		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
7189	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
7190		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
7191	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
7192		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7193	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
7194		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
7195		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
7196		by Roy Mongiovi.
7197	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
7198		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7199	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
7200		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
7201		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
7202		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
7203		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
7204	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
7205		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
7206		of Kyoto University.
7207	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
7208		conditions from Don Lewis.
7209	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
7210		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
7211		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
7212		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
7213		patch from Bryan Costales.
7214	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7215		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
7216			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
7217			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
7218			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
7219			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
7220		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
7221			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
7222		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
7223			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
7224		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
7225			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
7226			of Tokyo.
7227		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
7228			Services, Inc.
7229		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
7230			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
7231			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
7232			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
7233		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
7234			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
7235	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
7236		than one long one.  By popular demand.
7237	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
7238		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
7239	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
7240		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
7241		of NTT Software Corporation.
7242	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
7243	NEW FILES:
7244		contrib/etrn.pl
7245
72468.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
7247	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
7248		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
7249		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
7250		best-of-security list.
7251	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
7252		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
7253		should make it clearer to people that they are running
7254		the wrong binary.
7255	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
7256		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
7257		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
7258		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
7259		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
7260	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
7261		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
7262		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
7263		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7264	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
7265		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
7266	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
7267		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
7268		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
7269		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
7270		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
7271		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
7272		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
7273		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
7274		Eric Wassenaar.
7275	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
7276		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
7277		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
7278		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
7279		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
7280		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
7281		UUNET.
7282	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
7283		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
7284		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
7285		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
7286		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
7287	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
7288		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
7289		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
7290		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
7291	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
7292		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7293	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
7294		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
7295		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
7296		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
7297	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
7298		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
7299		University of Linkoping.
7300	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
7301		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
7302		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7303	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
7304		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
7305		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
7306		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
7307		other end.
7308	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
7309		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
7310		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
7311	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
7312		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
7313		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
7314		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7315	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7316		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
7317			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
7318			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
7319			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
7320		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
7321			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
7322		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
7323			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
7324		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
7325			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
7326			The outline of the implementation was contributed
7327			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
7328		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
7329			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
7330			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
7331			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
7332			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
7333			Earickson of Colby College.
7334		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
7335			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
7336			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
7337			Kari Hurtta.
7338	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
7339		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
7340		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
7341	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
7342		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
7343		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
7344		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
7345	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
7346		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
7347		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
7348		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
7349		University of Washington, Seattle.
7350	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
7351		Polytechnic Institute.
7352	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
7353		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
7354	NEW FILES:
7355		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
7356		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
7357		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
7358
73598.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
7360	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
7361		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
7362	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7363		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
7364			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
7365			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
7366	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
7367		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
7368	CONFIG: no changes.
7369
73708.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
7371	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
7372		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
7373		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
7374	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
7375		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
7376		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
7377		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
7378		of WPI.
7379	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
7380		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
7381		Kyoto University.
7382	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
7383		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
7384		on illegal host names.
7385	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
7386		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
7387		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
7388	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
7389		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
7390		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
7391	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
7392		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
7393		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7394	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
7395		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
7396		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
7397	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
7398		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
7399		University of Leicester.
7400	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
7401		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
7402		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
7403		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
7404		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
7405		University of Washington.
7406	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7407		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
7408			people pointed this out.
7409		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7410		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7411			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7412	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7413		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7414	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7415		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7416		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7417		Softec.
7418	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
7419		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7420	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
7421		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7422
74238.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
7424	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7425		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7426	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7427		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
7428		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7429	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
7430		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7431		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
7432		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7433	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7434		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7435		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7436		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7437		NSC (Japan).
7438	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7439		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7440		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7441	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7442		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7443		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
7444		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7445	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7446		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7447		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
7448		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7449		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7450		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7451		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
7452		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7453	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7454		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7455	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7456		printout.
7457	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7458	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7459		square braces.
7460	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7461		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7462		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7463	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7464		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
7465		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7466		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7467	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7468		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7469		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7470		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7471	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7472		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7473		Dandelion Digital.
7474	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7475		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7476	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7477		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7478		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
7479	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7480		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7481		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7482	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7483		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
7484	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7485		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7486		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7487		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
7488		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7489	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7490		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7491	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7492		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7493		mailers.
7494	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7495		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
7496		Myers of CMU.
7497	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7498		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7499		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
7500		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7501		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
7502		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
7503	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7504		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7505		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7506		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
7507		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7508		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7509		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7510		parameter.
7511	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7512		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7513		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7514		University of Maryland.
7515	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
7516		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7517	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7518		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7519		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7520	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
7521		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7522		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7523		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7524		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
7525		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7526		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
7527	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
7528		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7529		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
7530		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
7531		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7532	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7533		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7534		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
7535		section 5.2.5.
7536	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7537		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7538		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
7539		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7540		is for incoming connections only.
7541	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
7542		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7543		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
7544		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
7545		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7546		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7547		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7548		(e.g., due to connection caching).
7549	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7550		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7551		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7552		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
7553		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7554		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7555		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7556		that take a very long time to run.
7557	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
7558		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7559		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7560	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7561		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
7562		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7563	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7564		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7565		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7566	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7567		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
7568		Costales.
7569	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7570		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7571		Technologies, Inc.
7572	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7573		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7574		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7575	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7576		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7577		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7578		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7579		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7580		different for this case.
7581	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7582		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7583		of Stanford University.
7584	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7585		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7586		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
7587		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7588	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7589		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
7590		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7591	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7592		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
7593		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7594	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7595		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7596		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
7597		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7598	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7599		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7600		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7601		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7602		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7603		Pasteur Institute.
7604	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7605		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7606		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
7607		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7608	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7609		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
7610		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7611		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7612		canonification.
7613	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7614		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7615		mailers.
7616	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7617		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7618		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7619		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
7620		either of these in their configuration file.
7621	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7622		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
7623		St. Peter's College.
7624	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7625		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
7626	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7627		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7628	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
7629		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7630	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7631		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
7632		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7633		Costales.
7634	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7635		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7636		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
7637		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7638		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7639		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
7640		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7641		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7642		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7643		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7644		in rulesets.
7645	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7646		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7647		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7648		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7649		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7650		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7651		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7652		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7653	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7654		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7655		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7656		on that basis.
7657	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
7658		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7659	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7660		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7661		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7662		Vixie.
7663	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
7664		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7665		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7666		See also the src/READ_ME file.
7667	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7668		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
7669		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7670		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7671		two characters $, +.
7672	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7673		debug_dumpstate.
7674	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7675		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7676		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7677		valid recipients.
7678	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7679		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
7680		noted by Tom May.
7681	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7682		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7683		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
7684		Beck of InReference, Inc.
7685	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7686		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7687		Computing Corporation.
7688	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7689		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7690		Internet Communications.
7691	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7692		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7693		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7694		of Lysator.
7695	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
7696		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7697		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7698		of the University of Iceland.
7699	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7700		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7701		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7702		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
7703		this change is a no-op.
7704	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
7705		Costales.
7706	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
7707		Bryan Costales.
7708	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7709		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
7710	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7711		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7712	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
7713		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7714	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7715		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7716		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
7717		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7718	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7719		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
7720		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
7721		Jones of UUNET.
7722	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7723		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
7724		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7725	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7726		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7727		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
7728		easily determine what messages are to their role as
7729		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
7730		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7731	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7732		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
7733		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7734		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7735		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7736		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
7737		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7738		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
7739		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7740		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
7741		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
7742		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7743	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7744		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
7745		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
7746		of Stanford University.
7747	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7748		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
7749		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7750		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7751		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7752		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7753		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7754	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7755		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7756		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7757		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
7758		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
7759		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7760	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
7761		Motonori Nakamura.
7762	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7763		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7764		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
7765		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7766	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
7767		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7768		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
7769		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
7770		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
7771		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
7772		value is ".hoststat".
7773		There are also two new operation modes:
7774		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7775		    connections.
7776		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
7777		    recent status information.
7778		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7779		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7780		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7781		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7782		framework is gratefully appreciated.
7783	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7784		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7785		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7786		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7787		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7788		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7789		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7790		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7791		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7792		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
7793		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7794	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7795		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
7796		Costales.
7797	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7798		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7799	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7800		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7801		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7802		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7803	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7804		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7805		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7806		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7807		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7808		Webmasters.
7809	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7810		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7811		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
7812		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7813		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7814	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7815		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
7816		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7817		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7818		of Washington, Seattle.
7819	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
7820		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7821		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7822		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7823		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7824		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
7825	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7826		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
7827		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
7828		Nakamura.
7829	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7830		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7831		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7832		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7833		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7834		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7835		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
7836		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7837		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7838		well constrained.
7839	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7840		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
7841		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7842		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7843		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7844	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7845		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7846		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
7847		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7848		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
7849		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7850	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7851		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
7852		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7853	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7854		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
7855		Wolfhugel.
7856	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7857		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7858	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7859		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
7860		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7861	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
7862		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7863	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7864		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
7865		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
7866		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7867		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7868	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7869		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7870		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7871		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7872	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7873		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7874		National University of Singapore.
7875	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
7876		detect cases where DefaultUser is set to something that the
7877		system can't cope with.
7878	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7879		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7880			Atlas International.
7881		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7882			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
7883		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7884			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7885			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
7886			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7887			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7888			Bernstein and Associates.
7889		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7890			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
7891			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7892		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7893			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7894		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7895			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7896			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7897		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7898			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7899		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7900			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7901		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7902		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7903		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7904			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7905			Institute.
7906		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7907			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7908		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7909		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7910			Employment Standards Administration.
7911		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7912		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7913			Jr.
7914		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7915			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7916		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7917			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7918		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7919		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7920		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7921		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7922			of the University of Arizona.
7923		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
7924			Vanderbilt University.
7925		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7926			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7927			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
7928			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7929	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
7930		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7931	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7932		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7933		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7934		Foundation.
7935	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7936	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7937		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7938		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
7939		Myers of CMU.
7940	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
7941		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
7942		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7943	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
7944		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7945		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7946		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
7947		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7948		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7949		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
7950		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7951	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7952		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7953		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
7954		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7955		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
7956		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7957		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7958	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7959		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7960		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7961		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
7962			info@foo.com	foo-info
7963			info@bar.com	bar-info
7964			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
7965		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7966		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7967		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7968		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
7969		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
7970		a great many people.
7971	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7972		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7973	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7974		"fax" mailer.
7975	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7976		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7977		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7978		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
7979		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
7980		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7981	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7982		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7983		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
7984		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
7985		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7986	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7987		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7988		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
7989		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7990		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
7991		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7992	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7993		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7994		of WPI.
7995	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7996		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
7997		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7998	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7999		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
8000		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
8001	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
8002		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
8003		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
8004		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
8005	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
8006	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
8007		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
8008		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
8009		by Andreas Luik.
8010	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
8011		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
8012		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
8013	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
8014		Wolfhugel.
8015	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
8016	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
8017		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
8018		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
8019		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
8020		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
8021		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
8022		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
8023	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
8024		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
8025		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
8026		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
8027		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
8028	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
8029		Costales.
8030	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
8031	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
8032		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
8033	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
8034	NEW FILES:
8035		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
8036		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
8037		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
8038		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
8039		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
8040		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
8041		mailstats/mailstats.8
8042		praliases/praliases.8
8043		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
8044		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
8045		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
8046		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
8047		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
8048		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
8049		cf/ostype/altos.m4
8050		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
8051		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
8052		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
8053		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
8054	DELETED FILES:
8055		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
8056		contrib/xla/README
8057		contrib/xla/xla.c
8058	RENAMED FILES:
8059		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
8060		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
8061		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
8062		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
8063		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
8064
80658.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
8066	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
8067		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
8068		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
8069		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
8070		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
8071	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
8072		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
8073		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
8074
80758.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
8076	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
8077		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
8078		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
8079		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
8080		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
8081		and others.
8082
80838.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
8084	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8085		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8086		any user (except root).
8087	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8088		version number is unchanged.
8089
80908.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
8091	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
8092		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
8093		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8094	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
8095		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
8096		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
8097		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
8098	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
8099		Costales.
8100	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8101		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
8102		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
8103			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
8104			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
8105			Stanford University.
8106	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
8107		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8108
81098.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
8110	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
8111		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
8112		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
8113	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
8114		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
8115		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
8116		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
8117		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
8118		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
8119		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
8120	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
8121		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
8122		by Kari Hurtta.
8123	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
8124		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
8125		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
8126		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
8127		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
8128		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
8129		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
8130		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
8131		bounces when it should have requeued.
8132	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
8133		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
8134		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
8135		John Hawkinson of Panix.
8136	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
8137		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
8138		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
8139		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
8140		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
8141		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
8142		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
8143		Infobiogen.
8144	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
8145		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
8146		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
8147		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
8148		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
8149	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
8150		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
8151	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
8152		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
8153		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8154	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
8155		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
8156		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
8157	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
8158		underscores.
8159	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
8160		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
8161		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
8162	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
8163		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
8164		included even if the user did not request success notification,
8165		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8166	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
8167		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
8168		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
8169		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
8170		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
8171	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
8172		Costales of ICSI.
8173	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
8174		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
8175		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
8176	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
8177		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
8178		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
8179		Technological University.
8180	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
8181		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
8182		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
8183		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8184	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
8185		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
8186	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
8187		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
8188	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
8189		to have the database format of the alias files without the
8190		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
8191		Inc.
8192	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
8193		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
8194		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
8195	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
8196		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
8197		University.
8198	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
8199		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
8200		Association for Progressive Communications.
8201	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
8202		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
8203		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
8204		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
8205		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
8206		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
8207		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
8208		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8209	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
8210		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
8211		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
8212		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
8213	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
8214		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
8215		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
8216		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
8217		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
8218		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
8219	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8220		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
8221			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
8222			James B. Davis of TCI.
8223		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
8224			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8225		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
8226			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
8227			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
8228			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
8229			isn't supported on all compilers.
8230		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
8231	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
8232		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
8233	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
8234		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
8235	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
8236		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
8237		(France).
8238	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
8239		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
8240	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
8241		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
8242		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
8243	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
8244		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
8245		for different files.
8246	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
8247		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
8248		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8249	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
8250		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
8251		changes).
8252
82538.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
8254	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
8255		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
8256		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
8257		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
8258	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
8259		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
8260		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
8261		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
8262		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
8263		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8264	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
8265		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
8266		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
8267		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
8268		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
8269		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
8270		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
8271		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
8272		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
8273		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
8274	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
8275		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
8276		results.  This could have security implications.
8277	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
8278		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
8279		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
8280	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
8281		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
8282		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
8283		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
8284		Elz.
8285	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
8286		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
8287	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
8288		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
8289		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
8290		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
8291		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
8292		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
8293		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
8294		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
8295		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
8296		domain names are your friends.
8297	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
8298		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
8299	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
8300		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
8301	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
8302		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
8303		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
8304		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
8305		of TerraNet.
8306	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
8307		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
8308		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
8309		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
8310		of WPI.
8311	PORTABILITY FIXES:
8312		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
8313			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
8314			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
8315			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
8316			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
8317		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
8318			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
8319		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
8320		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
8321		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
8322			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
8323	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
8324		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
8325		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
8326	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
8327		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
8328		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
8329	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
8330		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
8331		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
8332		Infobiogen (France).
8333	NEW FILES:
8334		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8335		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
8336		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
8337
83388.7/8.7		1995/09/16
8339	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
8340		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
8341		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
8342		Global Communications.
8343	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
8344		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
8345	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
8346		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
8347		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
8348		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
8349		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
8350	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
8351		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
8352		can be confusing.
8353	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
8354		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
8355	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
8356		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
8357	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
8358		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
8359		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
8360		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
8361		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
8362		Maryland.
8363	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
8364		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
8365		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
8366		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
8367		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8368	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
8369		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
8370		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
8371		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
8372		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
8373	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
8374		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8375	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
8376		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
8377		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
8378		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8379	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
8380		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
8381		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
8382		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
8383		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
8384		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
8385		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
8386		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
8387		Swarthmore University.
8388	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
8389		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
8390		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
8391		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
8392			ruleset.
8393		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
8394		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
8395			-d debug flag.
8396		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
8397		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
8398		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
8399		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
8400			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
8401			and the parsed address.
8402		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
8403			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
8404		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
8405			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
8406			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
8407			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
8408			recipients.
8409		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8410			return the result.
8411		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8412			`mapname' and return the result.
8413	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8414		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8415	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8416		the header for envelope sender information and uses
8417		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
8418		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8419		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8420		that functionality.
8421	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8422		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8423		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
8424		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8425		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8426		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8427	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8428		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8429		of Michigan Technological University.
8430	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8431		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8432		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8433		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
8434		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
8435		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8436		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
8437		or not.
8438	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8439		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8440		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
8441		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
8442		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8443		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
8444		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8445	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8446		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
8447		should have minimal impact on external function.
8448	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8449		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8450			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
8451		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8452			7	SevenBitInput
8453			8	EightBitMode
8454			A	AliasFile
8455			a	AliasWait
8456			B	BlankSub
8457			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8458			C	CheckpointInterval
8459			c	HoldExpensive
8460			D	AutoRebuildAliases
8461			d	DeliveryMode
8462			E	ErrorHeader
8463			e	ErrorMode
8464			f	SaveFromLine
8465			F	TempFileMode
8466			G	MatchGECOS
8467			H	HelpFile
8468			h	MaxHopCount
8469			i	IgnoreDots
8470			I	ResolverOptions
8471			J	ForwardPath
8472			j	SendMimeErrors
8473			k	ConnectionCacheSize
8474			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
8475			L	LogLevel
8476			l	UseErrorsTo
8477			m	MeToo
8478			n	CheckAliases
8479			O	DaemonPortOptions
8480			o	OldStyleHeaders
8481			P	PostmasterCopy
8482			p	PrivacyOptions
8483			Q	QueueDirectory
8484			q	QueueFactor
8485			R	DontPruneRoutes
8486			r, T	Timeout
8487			S	StatusFile
8488			s	SuperSafe
8489			t	TimeZoneSpec
8490			u	DefaultUser
8491			U	UserDatabaseSpec
8492			V	FallbackMXHost
8493			v	Verbose
8494			w	TryNullMXList
8495			x	QueueLA
8496			X	RefuseLA
8497			Y	ForkEachJob
8498			y	RecipientFactor
8499			z	ClassFactor
8500			Z	RetryFactor
8501		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8502		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8503			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
8504			$l	UnixFromLine
8505			$o	OperatorChars
8506			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
8507		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8508		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8509		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8510		specify "V6" in the configuration.
8511	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8512		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8513		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8514		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
8515		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8516		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8517		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8518		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
8519		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8520		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8521	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8522		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
8523		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8524			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
8525			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8526		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8527			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8528			recipient mailer flags.
8529		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8530		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8531			delivery.
8532		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8533		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8534		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
8535		    |	Check for |program on this address.
8536		    /	Check for /file on this address.
8537		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
8538			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
8539			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8540			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8541		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8542		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8543		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8544	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
8545		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8546		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8547		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
8548		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8549		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
8550		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8551		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8552		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8553		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8554		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8555		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
8556		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8557		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8558		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
8559		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8560			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8561			(essentially, the full MIME option).
8562		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8563			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8564		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8565			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
8566			flag is ignored.
8567		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8568			the setting of F=8.
8569	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8570		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8571		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8572		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8573	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8574		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8575		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
8576		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8577	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
8578		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8579		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
8580		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8581	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8582		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8583		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8584		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
8585		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8586		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8587		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8588		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8589	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8590		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
8591		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8592		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8593		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
8594		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8595		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8596		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8597		Unicom.
8598	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8599		fashion as the U= mailer option.
8600	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8601		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
8602		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8603		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8604		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8605		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8606		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
8607		from Chip Rosenthal.
8608	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8609		For example,
8610		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
8611		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8612		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
8613		set them both the preferred new syntax is
8614		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8615		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8616	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8617		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8618		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
8619		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8620		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
8621		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8622		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8623		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
8624		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8625		contribution was to make it configurable).
8626	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8627		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8628		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8629		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8630		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8631		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8632	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8633		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8634		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8635		I/O redirection.
8636	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8637		can be confusing.
8638	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8639		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8640		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8641	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8642	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8643		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
8644		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8645		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8646		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
8647		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8648		queue-only.
8649	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8650		:include: and .forward files.
8651	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8652		key field name, the value field name, and the field
8653		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
8654		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8655		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8656	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8657		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8658	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8659		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
8660		Sun Microsystems.
8661	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
8662		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
8663		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
8664		Hutton of Indiana University.
8665	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
8666		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8667		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8668		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
8669		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
8670		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8671	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
8672		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8673		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8674		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8675		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8676		as comments.
8677	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
8678		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8679		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
8680		are from sysexits.h.
8681	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8682		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
8683		    Kmap1 ...
8684		    Kmap2 ...
8685		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8686		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8687		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8688		map2 is searched and the value returned.
8689	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
8690		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8691		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
8692		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8693		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8694		For example, if the declaration of the map is
8695		    Ksample switch hosts
8696		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8697		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8698		equivalent to
8699		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8700		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8701	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
8702		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8703		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8704		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
8705		the -m (matchonly) flag.
8706	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8707		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
8708		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8709	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8710		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8711		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
8712		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8713	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
8714		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8715		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8716		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8717		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8718		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8719		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
8720		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8721		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8722	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8723		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8724		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8725		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8726		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8727	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8728		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8729		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
8730		an /etc/hosts entry reads
8731		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8732		this change will use the second name as the canonical
8733		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8734	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8735		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8736		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8737		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8738		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
8739		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8740	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8741		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8742		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
8743		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8744		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8745		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
8746		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8747	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8748		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8749		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8750	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8751		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8752		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8753		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8754	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8755		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8756		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8757		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8758		much longer than the specified timeout.
8759	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8760		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8761		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8762		denial-of-service attack.
8763	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8764		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8765		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8766	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
8767		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8768		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8769		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8770		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
8771		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8772		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
8773		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8774		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8775		actually file lookups.
8776	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8777		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8778		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
8779		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8780	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8781		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
8782		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8783		support for them has been removed.
8784	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8785		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8786		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8787	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8788		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8789		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
8790		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8791	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8792		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
8793		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8794	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8795		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8796		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8797	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8798		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8799		also improves the connection cache utilization.
8800	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8801		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
8802		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8803	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8804		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8805		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
8806		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8807		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
8808		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8809		Microsystems.
8810	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8811		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
8812		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8813		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
8814		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8815		option can give the network software time to establish
8816		the link.  The default units are seconds.
8817	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8818		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8819		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8820		Defense Information Systems Agency.
8821	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8822		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
8823		the National Computer Security Center.
8824	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8825		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8826		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8827		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
8828		the mailprio scripts (see below).
8829	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8830		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8831		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
8832		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8833		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8834		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
8835		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
8836		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8837		University Computing Service.
8838	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8839		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
8840		the University of Kentucky.
8841	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8842		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8843		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8844	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
8845		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8846	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8847		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8848		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8849		Corporation.
8850	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8851		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8852		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8853		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8854	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8855		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8856		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
8857		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8858		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8859		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8860		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8861	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8862		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
8863		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8864	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8865		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
8866		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
8867		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8868	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8869		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8870		Communications.
8871	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8872		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8873		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
8874		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8875		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8876	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8877		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8878		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
8879		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8880		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8881	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8882		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8883	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8884		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
8885		on values:
8886		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
8887					message will be passed on even
8888					though it is in technically
8889					illegal syntax.
8890		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
8891					recipients that it can find from
8892					the envelope.  This risks exposing
8893					Bcc: recipients.
8894		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
8895					has almost no redeeming social value,
8896					and is provided only for back
8897					compatibility.
8898		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
8899					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8900					which will have the effect of
8901					making the message legal without
8902					exposing Bcc: recipients.
8903		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
8904					There is a chance that mailers down
8905					the line will delete this header,
8906					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8907					recipients.
8908		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8909	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
8910		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8911		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8912		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8913		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8914	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
8915		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8916		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8917		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8918		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8919		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8920		For example, if you run with
8921			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8922		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
8923		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8924		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8925		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8926	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8927		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
8928			list: member1
8929			list: member2
8930		and an alias file declared as:
8931			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8932		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8933		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8934		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8935	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8936	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8937		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
8938		Johannesen.
8939	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8940		to be simpler and more consistent.
8941	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
8942		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8943		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8944		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8945	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8946		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8947		This may affect some people who have written their own
8948		checkcompat() routine.
8949	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
8950		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8951		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8952	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8953		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8954		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8955		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8956	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8957		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8958		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8959		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8960		Corporation.
8961	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8962		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8963		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8964		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8965		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
8966		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8967		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
8968		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8969	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8970		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
8971		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8972	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8973		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8974		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8975	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8976		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8977		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8978	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8979		the header.
8980	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8981	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8982		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
8983		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8984	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8985		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8986		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8987		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8988		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
8989		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8990	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
8991		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8992		is added between the first and second word of the first
8993		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8994		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8995		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8996		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8997		old sendmails understand.
8998	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8999		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
9000	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
9001		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
9002		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
9003		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
9004		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
9005		data -- for example,
9006		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
9007					(romanized/less information)
9008		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
9009					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
9010					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
9011		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
9012					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
9013		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
9014		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
9015	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
9016		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
9017		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
9018		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
9019		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
9020		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
9021		Eric Prestemon of American University.
9022	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
9023		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
9024		increment on the background value).
9025	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
9026		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
9027		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
9028	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
9029		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
9030		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
9031	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
9032		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
9033		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
9034		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
9035		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
9036	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
9037		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
9038		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
9039		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
9040		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
9041		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
9042		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
9043		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
9044		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
9045	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
9046		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
9047		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
9048		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
9049		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
9050		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
9051		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
9052	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
9053		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
9054		service type is "files".
9055	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
9056		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
9057		into class "c".
9058	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
9059		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
9060		contributed by SunSoft.
9061	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
9062		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
9063		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
9064		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
9065		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
9066		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
9067		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
9068		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
9069		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
9070		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
9071	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
9072		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
9073		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
9074		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
9075	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
9076		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
9077		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
9078		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
9079		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
9080		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
9081		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
9082	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
9083		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
9084	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
9085		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
9086		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
9087	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
9088		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
9089		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
9090		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
9091		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
9092		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
9093		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
9094		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
9095		flags.
9096	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
9097		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
9098		Motonori Nakamura.
9099	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
9100		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
9101		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
9102		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
9103		of MIT.
9104	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
9105		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
9106	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
9107		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
9108		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
9109		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
9110		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
9111		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
9112		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
9113		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
9114		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
9115	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
9116		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
9117		the make.
9118	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
9119		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
9120		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
9121		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
9122	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
9123		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
9124		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
9125		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
9126		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
9127		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
9128	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
9129		of Sun Microsystems.
9130	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
9131		is at least 50% faster.
9132	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
9133		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
9134		University.
9135	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
9136		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
9137	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
9138		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
9139		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
9140		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
9141	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
9142		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
9143		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
9144	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
9145		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
9146		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
9147		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
9148		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
9149		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
9150	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
9151		Carnegie Mellon.
9152	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
9153		support.
9154	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
9155		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
9156		Global Information Solutions.
9157	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
9158		From Motonori Nakamura.
9159	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
9160		Motonori Nakamura.
9161	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
9162		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
9163	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
9164		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
9165		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
9166		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
9167		James of British Telecom.
9168	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
9169		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
9170	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
9171		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
9172		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
9173		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
9174		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
9175		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
9176		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
9177	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
9178		a bad guy can read your private files.
9179	PORTABILITY FIXES:
9180		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
9181		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
9182			University.  This expands the disk size
9183			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
9184		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
9185			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
9186		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
9187			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
9188		Linux Makefile typo.
9189		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
9190			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
9191		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
9192			University, Chico.
9193		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
9194			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
9195			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
9196			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
9197			This requires adaptation of code that really
9198			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
9199			addresses or nameserver fields.''
9200		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
9201			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
9202		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
9203			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
9204		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
9205			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
9206			problems.
9207		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
9208			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
9209			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
9210		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
9211			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
9212		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
9213			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
9214		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
9215			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
9216			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
9217			Wemm of DIALix.
9218		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
9219			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
9220			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
9221			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
9222			of Ohio State University.
9223		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
9224			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
9225			University.
9226		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
9227			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
9228			Mainz.
9229		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
9230		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
9231			wrong statfs call).
9232		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
9233		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
9234			University.
9235		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
9236		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
9237			Rochester Medical Center.
9238		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
9239			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
9240			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
9241			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
9242			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
9243		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
9244			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
9245			Division.
9246		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
9247			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
9248		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
9249			Durand of I.M.A.G.
9250		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
9251			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
9252		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
9253		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
9254			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
9255		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
9256		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9257		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
9258		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
9259		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
9260			of Meteo France.
9261		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
9262		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
9263		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
9264		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
9265		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
9266		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
9267		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
9268		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
9269		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
9270		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
9271			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
9272		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
9273			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
9274		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
9275			of Colorado.
9276		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
9277	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
9278		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
9279		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
9280	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
9281		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
9282		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
9283		on the file, but it should be quite small.
9284	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
9285		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
9286		giving the local administrator more control over what
9287		programs can be run from sendmail.
9288	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
9289		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
9290		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
9291		never will.
9292	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
9293		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
9294		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
9295	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
9296		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
9297		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
9298		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
9299		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9300	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
9301		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
9302	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
9303		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
9304		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
9305		arbitrary directory -- use either:
9306			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9307		or
9308			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
9309		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
9310		can use:
9311			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
9312		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
9313		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
9314		compatibility.
9315	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
9316		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
9317	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
9318		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
9319	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
9320		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
9321		County.
9322	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
9323	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
9324		just unqualified ones.
9325	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
9326		was never used and didn't work anyway.
9327	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
9328		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
9329	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
9330		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
9331		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
9332		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
9333		centralized hub.
9334	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
9335	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
9336		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
9337		this is expected to be another sendmail.
9338	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
9339		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
9340		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
9341		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
9342		Rosenthal of Unicom.
9343	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
9344		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
9345		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
9346	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
9347		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
9348		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
9349		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
9350		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
9351		but it is a no-op.
9352	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
9353		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
9354		as User Unknown.
9355	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
9356		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
9357		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
9358		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
9359	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
9360		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
9361		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
9362	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
9363		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
9364		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
9365		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9366	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
9367		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
9368		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
9369	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
9370	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
9371		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
9372	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
9373		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
9374		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
9375		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
9376	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
9377		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
9378		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
9379		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
9380		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
9381		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
9382		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
9383		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
9384	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
9385		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
9386		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
9387		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
9388		assumed.
9389	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
9390		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
9391		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
9392		Information Systems Agency.
9393	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
9394		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
9395		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
9396	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
9397		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
9398		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
9399		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
9400		that really can be used in the real world.
9401	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
9402		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
9403		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
9404	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
9405		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
9406	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
9407		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
9408		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
9409		by Scott Hutton.
9410	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
9411		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9412	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9413		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9414		people.
9415	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9416		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9417	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9418		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
9419		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9420	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9421		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9422		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9423	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9424		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
9425		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9426		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9427	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9428		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9429		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9430		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9431		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
9432		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9433	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9434		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
9435		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9436	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9437		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
9438		by Kimmo Suominen.
9439	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9440		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9441		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9442	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9443		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9444	NEW FILES:
9445		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
9446		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9447		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
9448		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9449		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9450		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9451		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9452		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9453		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9454		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9455		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
9456		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9457		cf/domain/generic.m4
9458		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9459		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9460		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9461		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
9462		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9463		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9464		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
9465		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
9466		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
9467		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9468		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9469		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9470		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9471		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
9472		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
9473		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
9474		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
9475		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9476		contrib/bsdi.mc
9477		contrib/mailprio
9478		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9479		mail.local/mail.local.0
9480		makemap/makemap.0
9481		smrsh/README
9482		smrsh/smrsh.0
9483		smrsh/smrsh.8
9484		smrsh/smrsh.c
9485		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9486		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9487		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9488		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9489		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9490		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9491		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9492		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9493		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9494		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9495		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9496		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9497		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9498		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9499		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9500		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9501		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9502		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9503		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9504		src/aliases.0
9505		src/mailq.0
9506		src/mime.c
9507		src/newaliases.0
9508		src/sendmail.0
9509		test/t_seteuid.c
9510	RENAMED FILES:
9511		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9512		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9513		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9514		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9515		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9516		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9517		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9518		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9519		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9520		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9521		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9522		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9523		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9524		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9525		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9526		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9527		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9528		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9529		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9530		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9531		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9532	OBSOLETED FILES:
9533		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
9534		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
9535		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
9536		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9537		cf/cf/knecht.mc
9538		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9539		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9540		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9541		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9542		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9543		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9544		contrib/rcpt-streaming
9545		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9546
95478.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
9548	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9549		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9550		any user (except root).
9551	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9552		version number is unchanged.
9553
95548.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
9555	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9556		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
9557		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9558		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9559		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9560		each other!).
9561	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9562		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9563		than fork().
9564
95658.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
9566	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9567		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9568	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9569		message when attempted from IDENT.
9570	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9571		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
9572		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
9573		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9574	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9575		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9576		partial lines.
9577	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9578		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
9579		Rob McMahon.
9580	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9581		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
9582		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9583		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9584	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9585		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
9586		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9587		Novell Labs Europe.
9588	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9589		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
9590		Cal State Chico.
9591	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
9592		*Hobbit*.
9593	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9594		and Liudvikas Bukys.
9595	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9596		from Spider Boardman.
9597	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9598		with the binaries).
9599
96008.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
9601	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9602		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9603	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9604		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9605		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9606		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
9607		implications.
9608	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9609		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9610		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9611		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9612	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9613		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
9614		University of Texas.
9615	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9616		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9617		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9618		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9619	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9620		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9621		Data General.
9622	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9623		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
9624		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9625	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9626		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9627		with a lot of arguments).
9628	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9629		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9630		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9631		Michigan.
9632	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9633		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9634		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9635		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9636		Thibault.
9637	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9638		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9639		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
9640		some of the map code.
9641	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9642		with the binaries).
9643
96448.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
9645	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9646		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9647		may have some security implications.
9648	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9649		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
9650		Hill of the University of Iowa.
9651	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
9652		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9653	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9654		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
9655	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9656	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9657		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9658		option.
9659	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9660		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9661		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
9662		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9663		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
9664		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9665		Rochester.
9666	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9667		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
9668		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9669	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9670		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
9671		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9672	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9673		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
9674		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9675	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9676		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9677		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9678		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
9679		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
9680		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9681		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
9682		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9683		messages.
9684	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9685		message to explain how much space was available and
9686		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
9687		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9688	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9689		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9690		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9691		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9692		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9693		moves things more towards what will probably become a
9694		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9695		Kapor Enterprises.
9696	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9697		without recompiling.
9698	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9699		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
9700		purely cosmetic.
9701	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9702		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9703		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
9704	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9705		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9706		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9707		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
9708		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9709		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9710		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9711	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9712		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
9713		Wolfhugel.
9714	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9715		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9716		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9717		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9718		refused" response, and that the connection can be
9719		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
9720		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9721		size around and can never start listening to connections
9722		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
9723		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9724		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9725		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9726		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
9727		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9728		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9729		implications.
9730	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9731		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9732	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9733		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9734		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9735	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9736		doc directory.  This includes some additional
9737		information.
9738	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9739		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
9740		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9741		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
9742		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9743		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9744		loop the mail, which was bad news.
9745	Portability fixes:
9746		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9747		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9748		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9749		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9750		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9751		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9752			Newcastle upon Tyne.
9753		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9754			Corporation.
9755		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9756		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9757			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9758		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9759	New Files:
9760		src/Makefile.CLIX
9761		src/Makefile.NCR3000
9762		doc/changes/Makefile
9763		doc/changes/changes.me
9764		doc/changes/changes.ps
9765
97668.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
9767	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9768		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
9769		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9770
97718.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
9772	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9773		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
9774		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9775		list.
9776
97778.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
9778	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9779		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9780		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9781		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9782		valid shell.
9783	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9784		in the connection cache for a long time under some
9785		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
9786		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
9787		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
9788		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9789	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9790		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9791		from a local user to another local user.  From
9792		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9793	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9794		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
9795		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9796	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9797		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9798		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9799		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9800		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9801		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9802		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9803		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9804		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9805	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9806		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
9807		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9808	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9809		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9810		BSD-like system.
9811	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9812		protocol entirely.
9813	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9814		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9815		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9816		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
9817		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9818	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9819	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9820		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9821		files.
9822	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9823		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
9824		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9825	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
9826		of CMU.
9827	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9828		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9829		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
9830	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
9831		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9832		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9833		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9834	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9835		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
9836		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9837		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9838		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
9839		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9840	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9841		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
9842	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9843		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
9844		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9845		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
9846		Motonori Nakamura.
9847	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9848		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9849		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9850	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9851		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9852		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
9853		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9854	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9855		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9856		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9857	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9858		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
9859		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9860	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9861		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9862		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9863		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9864	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9865		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9866		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
9867		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9868	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9869		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9870		didn't see the class items being added.
9871	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9872		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9873		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
9874		Rutgers.
9875	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9876		but sets h_errno to a success value.
9877	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9878		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9879		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
9880		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9881		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9882		the problem myself.
9883	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9884		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9885		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9886		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9887	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9888		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9889		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
9890		UUNET.
9891	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9892		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
9893		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
9894		John Oleynick.
9895	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9896		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
9897		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9898	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9899		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
9900		Nakamura.
9901	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9902		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9903		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9904		University of Washington.
9905	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9906		don't have an ``=value'' part.
9907	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9908		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
9909		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9910		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9911		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9912		of Cambridge University.
9913	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9914		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9915		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9916	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9917		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9918		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9919	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9920		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
9921		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9922		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9923		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9924		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
9925		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9926		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9927		a chance.
9928	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9929		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9930	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9931		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9932		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9933		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
9934		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9935		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
9936		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9937		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9938	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
9939		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9940	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9941	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9942		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9943		size for various mailers.
9944	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9945		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9946		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9947	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9948		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9949		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9950	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9951	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9952		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
9953		system.
9954	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9955		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
9956		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9957	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9958		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
9959		Michel of Thomson CSF.
9960	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9961		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9962		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9963		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9964		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9965		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9966		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9967		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
9968		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9969		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9970		University of Sydney.
9971	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9972		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9973		This is because of the known bug where definition of
9974		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9975		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9976	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9977		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9978		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
9979		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
9980		Suominen.
9981	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9982		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9983		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9984		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9985	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
9986		Suominen.
9987	Portability fixes:
9988		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9989		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9990		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9991		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9992		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9993		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9994		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9995		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9996		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9997	NEW FILES:
9998		src/Makefile.DomainOS
9999		src/Makefile.PTX
10000		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
10001		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
10002		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
10003		src/mailq.1
10004		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
10005		doc/op/Makefile
10006		doc/intro/Makefile
10007		doc/usenix/Makefile
10008
100098.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
10010	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
10011		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
10012		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
10013	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
10014		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
10015		permissions they should not have had (usually group
10016		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
10017		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
10018	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
10019		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
10020		Although this does not respond to a specific known
10021		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
10022		Christian Wettergren.
10023	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
10024		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
10025		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
10026		program by putting that in their .forward file.
10027		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
10028		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
10029		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
10030		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
10031		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
10032		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
10033		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
10034		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
10035		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
10036		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
10037	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
10038		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
10039		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
10040		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
10041	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
10042		connection to create problems on the current job.
10043		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
10044		the wrong place.
10045	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
10046		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
10047		problem that ignored the load average in locally
10048		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10049	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
10050		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
10051	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
10052		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
10053		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
10054	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
10055		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
10056		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
10057		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
10058		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
10059	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
10060		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
10061		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10062	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
10063		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
10064		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
10065	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
10066		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
10067	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
10068		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
10069		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
10070		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
10071	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
10072		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
10073		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
10074	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
10075		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
10076		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
10077	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
10078		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
10079		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
10080	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
10081		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
10082		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
10083		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
10084		transfers to secondary servers.  Bug noted by Keith
10085		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
10086	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
10087		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
10088		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
10089		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
10090	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
10091		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
10092		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
10093		dot convention.
10094	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
10095		of from a clean exit.
10096	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
10097		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
10098		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
10099	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
10100		as the subject of an error message, even though the
10101		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
10102		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
10103	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
10104		Jones of UUNET.
10105	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
10106		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
10107		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
10108		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
10109	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
10110		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
10111		says that they should be ignored.
10112	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
10113		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
10114		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
10115		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
10116		is not reentrant.
10117	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
10118		documented in the Bat Book.
10119	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
10120		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
10121		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
10122		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
10123	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
10124		code during some parts of connection initialization.
10125		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
10126		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
10127		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
10128	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
10129		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
10130	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
10131		of Kyoto University.
10132	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
10133		From P{r Emanuelsson.
10134	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
10135		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
10136	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
10137		Bryan Costales.
10138	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
10139		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
10140	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
10141		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
10142		Nakamura.
10143	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
10144		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
10145		illegal addresses appearing there).
10146	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
10147		BB&N.
10148	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
10149		included.
10150	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
10151		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
10152	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
10153		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
10154		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
10155		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
10156	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
10157		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
10158	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
10159		by the other end closing the connection.  From
10160		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
10161	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
10162		to include a host name or other useful information.
10163	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
10164		DeMarco.
10165	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
10166		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
10167		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
10168		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
10169		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
10170	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
10171		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
10172	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
10173		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
10174		this properly).
10175	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
10176		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
10177		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
10178	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
10179		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
10180		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
10181		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
10182		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
10183		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
10184		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
10185		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
10186	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
10187		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
10188		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
10189		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
10190		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
10191		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
10192		of the Institute for Global Communications.
10193	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
10194		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
10195		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
10196		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
10197	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
10198		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
10199	Portability fixes for:
10200		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
10201		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
10202		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
10203		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
10204		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
10205			of Stoner Associates.
10206		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
10207		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
10208			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
10209			of Maryland.
10210		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
10211		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
10212		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
10213		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
10214		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
10215		RISC/os.
10216		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
10217			at Chico.
10218		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
10219		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
10220		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
10221			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
10222			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
10223	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
10224		since this is intended only for internal use, the
10225		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
10226		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
10227		addresses when relaying internally.
10228	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
10229		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
10230		provided by Peter Wemm.
10231	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
10232		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
10233		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
10234	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
10235		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
10236	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
10237		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
10238		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
10239		names.
10240	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
10241		rather than letting them get "local configuration
10242		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
10243	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
10244		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
10245		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
10246		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
10247		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
10248	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
10249		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
10250	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
10251	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
10252		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
10253		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
10254		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
10255		of Georgia Tech.
10256	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
10257		Jim Murray of Stratus.
10258	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
10259		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
10260		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
10261		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
10262		the local name prepended.
10263	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
10264	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
10265	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
10266		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
10267	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
10268		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
10269		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
10270	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
10271		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
10272			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
10273		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
10274			:include: files and accounts that have shells
10275			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
10276			cause some .forward files that have worked
10277			before to start failing.
10278		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
10279	NEW FILES:
10280		src/Makefile.DGUX
10281		src/Makefile.Dynix
10282		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
10283		src/Makefile.Mach386
10284		src/Makefile.NetBSD
10285		src/Makefile.RISCos
10286		src/Makefile.SCO
10287		src/Makefile.SVR4
10288		src/Makefile.Titan
10289		cf/mailer/pop.m4
10290		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
10291		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
10292		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
10293		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
10294		makemap/Makefile.dist
10295		praliases/Makefile.dist
10296
102978.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
10298	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
10299		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
10300		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
10301	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
10302		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
10303		class of attack.
10304	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
10305		in a few critical places.
10306	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
10307		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
10308		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
10309		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
10310		and High-Energy Physics.
10311	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
10312		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
10313		Eric Wassenaar.
10314	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
10315		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
10316		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
10317		Wassenaar.
10318	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
10319		really become relevant in the next release, but some
10320		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
10321		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
10322	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
10323		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
10324		these can have different values depending on which
10325		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10326	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
10327		what uid/gid processes ran as.
10328	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
10329		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
10330		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
10331		postmaster" case.
10332	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
10333	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
10334		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
10335	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
10336		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
10337		Christopher Davis.
10338	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
10339		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
10340		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
10341		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
10342	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
10343		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
10344
103458.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
10346	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
10347		addresses that get return-receipts.
10348	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
10349		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
10350		and end up sending the message several times.
10351	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
10352		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
10353		four hours".
10354	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
10355		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
10356		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
10357		Cornell University Medical College.
10358	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
10359		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
10360		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
10361		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
10362		Wassenaar.
10363	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
10364		connections fail during message collection.  From
10365		Eric Wassenaar.
10366	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
10367		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
10368		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
10369		Stratus.
10370	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
10371		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
10372		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10373	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
10374		by non-root users were not put into
10375		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
10376		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
10377		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
10378	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
10379		could get confused as to whether a database was
10380		open or not.
10381	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
10382		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
10383		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
10384		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
10385		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
10386	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
10387		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
10388		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
10389	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
10390
103918.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
10392	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
10393	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
10394		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
10395		propagated to the queue file.
10396
103978.6/8.6		1993/10/05
10398	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
10399		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
10400	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
10401		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
10402		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
10403		header files but don't have the syscall.
10404	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
10405		if trymx == FALSE.
10406	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
10407		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
10408		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10409		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10410	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10411		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10412	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10413		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10414		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10415		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10416		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10417		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10418		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10419	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
10420		Kanbe.
10421	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10422		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
10423		Wisner of The Well.
10424	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10425		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10426	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10427		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10428		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
10429		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10430		files that you should be able to read but have previously
10431		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10432		read permission.
10433	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10434		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10435		MX suppression will still work.
10436	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10437		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
10438		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10439		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10440	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10441		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
10442		Nakamura.
10443	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10444		"CX $Z" works.
10445	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10446		trying to send the original message if the connection
10447		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10448		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
10449		by John Myers of CMU.
10450	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10451		term bug.
10452	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10453		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10454		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10455		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
10456		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10457		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
10458	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10459	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10460		ruleset testing a bit easier.
10461	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10462		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10463		level.
10464	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10465		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
10466		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
10467		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10468		address.
10469	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10470		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10471		Harvey Mudd College.
10472	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10473		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
10474		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10475		their full name information.
10476	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10477		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10478		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
10479	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10480		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10481	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10482		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10483		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10484		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10485	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10486		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
10487		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10488		PC TCP/IP implementations.
10489	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10490		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
10491		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
10492		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10493		names.
10494	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10495		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10496		helpful.
10497	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10498		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
10499		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
10500		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10501	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10502		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10503		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10504	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10505		that claims to be itself works properly.
10506	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10507		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10508		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10509		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10510	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10511		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
10512		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10513	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10514		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10515		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10516		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10517		scratch.
10518	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10519		true address to still send to the original address
10520		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10521		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10522		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10523	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
10524		more trouble than it was worth.
10525	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10526		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
10527		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10528	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
10529		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10530		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10531	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10532		the queue.
10533	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10534		messages don't come out with stale information.
10535	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10536		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10537	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10538		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
10539		Myers of CMU.
10540	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10541		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
10542		Corrigan.
10543	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10544		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
10545		sender address.
10546	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10547	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10548	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10549		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10550		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10551		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10552		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10553		that does bulk data transfer).
10554	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
10555		Amir Plivatsky.
10556	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
10557		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10558		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10559		bogus config files that were not caught.
10560	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10561		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10562	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10563		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10564		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10565	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10566		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10567	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10568		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10569		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10570		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10571	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10572		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10573	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10574		opened or if running with no database format defined.
10575	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10576		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10577	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10578		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
10579		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10580		Melbourne.
10581	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10582		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10583		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
10584		to match regular entries.
10585	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10586		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10587	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10588		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10589	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10590		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10591		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10592	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10593		error message so that the "subject" line of return
10594		messages is the best possible.
10595	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10596		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10597		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10598	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10599		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10600	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10601		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10602	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10603		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10604	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10605	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
10606		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10607		on the address.
10608	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10609		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10610		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10611		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10612		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10613	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10614	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10615	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10616		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10617		addresses in any detail.
10618	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10619		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10620	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10621		with an address such as "!foo".
10622	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10623		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
10624		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10625		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
10626		Bret Marquis.
10627
106288.5/8.5		1993/07/23
10629	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10630		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10631		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10632		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10633	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10634		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
10635		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10636		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10637		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
10638		Nakamura.
10639	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10640		are no DNS records matching the name.
10641	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10642		original message was received ... from localhost".
10643		The correct original host information is now included.
10644	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10645		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
10646		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
10647	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10648		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10649	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10650		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10651		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10652		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
10653		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10654		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
10655		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10656		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10657
106588.4/8.4		1993/07/22
10659	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
10660		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10661		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10662		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10663		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
10664		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10665		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10666		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10667		are really configuration errors.  This option is
10668		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10669		UIUC sendmail.
10670	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10671		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
10672		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10673		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10674		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
10675		by Neil Rickert.
10676	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10677		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10678		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
10679		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10680		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
10681		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10682		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10683		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10684		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
10685		of dickering with error handling (see below).
10686	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
10687		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10688		humans.
10689	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10690		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
10691	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10692		repaired).
10693	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10694		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
10695		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10696		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
10697	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10698		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
10699		connection rather than sending QUIT.
10700	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10701		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10702		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
10703		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10704		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10705	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10706		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10707		core dumps on some machines.
10708	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10709		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10710		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10711		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10712		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10713		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
10714		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10715		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10716		some true error conditions.
10717	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10718		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
10719		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10720		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10721	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10722		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
10723		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
10724		by Motonori Nakamura.
10725	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10726		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
10727		caused error messages to be handled differently during
10728		a queue run than a direct run.
10729	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10730		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10731		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10732	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10733		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10734		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10735		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10736		restart it.
10737	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10738		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
10739		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10740		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10741		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10742		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
10743		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10744		is appropriately functional.
10745	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10746		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10747		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
10748		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10749	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10750		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10751		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10752		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10753		Technologies.
10754	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10755		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
10756		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10757		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10758		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
10759		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10760		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10761		things.
10762	Portability changes:
10763		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10764			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10765			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
10766			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10767			of Colorado.
10768		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
10769			help other strict ANSI compilers.
10770		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10771			Corporation.
10772		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10773			documentation apparently doesn't define
10774			__STDC__ by default).
10775		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10776		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10777			Motonori Nakamura.
10778	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10779	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10780		several people have made a good argument that this
10781		creates more problems than it solves (although this
10782		may prove painful in the short run).
10783	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10784		format.
10785	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10786		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10787		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10788	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10789		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10790		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10791		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10792		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10793	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10794		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10795		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10796		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10797	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10798		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10799		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10800		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10801	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10802		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
10803		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10804		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
10805		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10806	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10807		environments.  Ugly as sin.
10808
108098.3/8.3		1993/07/13
10810	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10811		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10812		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
10813		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10814		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10815		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10816		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
10817		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10818		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10819	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10820		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
10821		"user friendly".
10822	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10823		16 bytes/sec.
10824	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10825		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
10826		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10827		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10828		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10829		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
10830		for quick test cases.
10831	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10832		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10833		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10834		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10835	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10836		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10837		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
10838	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10839		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
10840		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10841		From Michael Corrigan.
10842	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10843		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
10844		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10845	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10846		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10847		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10848	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10849		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
10850		Christophe Wolfhugel.
10851	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10852
108538.2/8.2		1993/07/11
10854	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10855	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10856		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
10857		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10858	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
10859	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10860		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10861		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
10862		from Bill Wisner.
10863	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10864		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10865	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
10866		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10867		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10868	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10869		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10870		match the other flags in that file.
10871	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
10872	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10873		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10874	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10875		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10876		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10877	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10878		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10879	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10880		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10881		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
10882	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10883		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10884		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10885	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10886		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
10887		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10888		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
10889		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10890	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10891		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10892		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10893		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10894		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10895		the root and directories leading up to your home);
10896		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10897		be owned by you.
10898	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10899		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10900		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10901		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10902	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10903	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10904	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10905		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
10906		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10907		is separate; this is just intended to work around
10908		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10909		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
10910	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10911		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10912		matching without a null it never tries again with a
10913		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
10914		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10915		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
10916		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
10917		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10918		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10919		it adapts.
10920	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10921		will insert the appropriate full name information;
10922		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10923		way.
10924	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10925		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10926		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10927	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10928		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10929		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10930		only happen when there has been another error in the
10931		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
10932		by default in conf.h.
10933	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10934		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
10935		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10936		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10937		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10938		This output is not intended to be particularly human
10939		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10940		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10941	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
10942		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10943		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10944		See cf/README for an example.
10945	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10946		sites that don't use the -d flag.
10947	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10948		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10949		has been requested by several people, but can break
10950		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10951		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10952		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10953		broken.  Use it sparingly.
10954	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
10955		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
10956		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10957	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
10958		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10959		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
10960		Bill Wisner of The Well.
10961	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10962		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
10963		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10964
109658.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
10966	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10967		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10968	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10969		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10970		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10971	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10972
109738.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
10974	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10975		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
10976		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10977
109788.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
10979	Another mailertable fix....
10980
109818.1/8.1		1993/06/07
10982	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
10983